欢迎您,[登陆][注册] (您的IP:52.90.50.252)

21在线题库最新试题

  • ID:4-19670582 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(外研版)期中专练之语法填空15篇(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    期中复习之语法填空15篇 (22-23八年级下·山东威海·期中)I bought a jasmine (茉莉) plant for my office. When I bought it, I 1 (tell) it would bloom (开花) and the sweet smell would fill my office. I had the plant for two months, and every day I 2 (look) at it, but there 3 (not be) any flowers or pleasant smell. I was not happy, so I gave the plant to my friend Linda. One day, another friend Mary called and invited me to her office. When I walked in, she 4 (water) her jasmine. The flowers surprised me. I reached out to touch the flowers. Mary cut some and gave them to me. I couldn’t help 5 (smell) them. Surrounded (被环绕) by sweet smell of only a handful of these flowers, I suddenly understood something. Mary bought her plant the same time as I did. It took a year for her jasmine 6 (bloom). I was so impatient for mine to bloom; regretfully, I 7 (give) it away. In a way my life is like the jasmine plant. I 8 (need) to be patient and let things happen. Last Sunday Linda told me that she 9 (go) away on business the next week. Before she left, she returned the plant to me. This time I am going to wait. I 10 (learn) that when we want something in our life, we have to be patient. I am slowly learning to have that patience to wait for my jasmine to bloom. (22-23八年级下·山东聊城·期中)阅读下面短文,在空白处按要求填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。每空1个单词。 Everyone has a hobby. Some people like playing football or basketball. Some people like 11 (play) computer games. Different people have different 12 (hobby). 13 (fish) is my father’s favourite sport. He often 14 (sit) at the river for hours without catching anything. 15 (连词) he still likes fishing because he enjoys sitting in 16 (冠词) sun. He thinks he is enjoying life. My classmate, Lin Li, likes playing football 17 (much). But Grace likes playing basketball. Though their hobbies are different, they both think sports can keep them 18 (health). My hobby is not the same as theirs. I enjoy collecting stamps. I have been collecting them 19 (介词) ten years. And last year I joined a stamp collectors’ club. So I want to get a stamp on my fifteenth birthday next month. After that, I will have 20,000 stamps. My stamps are very beautiful and 20 (interest). And I can learn a lot from the stamps. Hobbies are very important for our lives. Hobbies make us live more colorfully. (22-23八年级下·山东临沂·期中)In our class, some students get ill because they can’t take care of themselves. David 21 (eat) too much yesterday evening. He got a stomachache. He almost couldn’t get 22 (him) out of bed this morning. Now he can’t stand it in English class. The teacher asks him 23 (lie) down and rest. Nancy eats candies a lot. Today she has a toothache. It hurts a lot and she feels terrible. She can’t eat anything. Now she has a pained expression. 24 can’t listen to her teacher 25 (careful). After school this afternoon, her mother is going to take her to see the dentist and get 26 X-ray, or it’ll hurt even more later. Judy has to practice 27 (sing) for the singing competition these days. She sings too much. Now she has a sore throat. 28 is difficult for her to talk. Our teacher gives her some hot tea 29 honey to drink. As we are growing, we need to learn to take good care of ourselves to keep 30 (health). (22-23八年级下·广东深圳·期中)阅读下面短文,在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中所给词语的正确形式填空,并将答案填写在答题卡规定的位置上。 The Lunar New Year is called the Year of the Rabbit in China and the Year of the Cat in Vietnam (越南). Ancient storytellers said the Jade Emperor 31 (organize) a race across a river for all the animals in the world. The Jade Emperor decided 32 (choose) the first 12 animals that reached the other side to appear in the zodiac (生肖). In the Chinese story, the cat and the rat were riding across a river on an ox 33 one side to the other side when the rat pushed the cat into the water. In the story, 34 (turn) the two animals into enemies is the result of this race. That is why cats have been hunting rats ever since. In the Chinese story, the rabbit crossed the river by jumping on 35 top of stones in the river. When the rabbit got there, no others were around, it 36 (simple) thought the race was too easy. The rabbit was 37 (bore) with the race so it went off to the side and slept. By the time the rabbit woke up, three animals had already arrived. 38 , in the Vietnamese story — which did not have a rabbit — the cat could swim and ended up arriving fourth. The top twelve finishers are rat, ox, tiger (or rabbit), dragon, snake, goat, monkey, dog, and pig. One explanation for changing rabbit with cat might have to do with people’s 39 (impress) on the two animals. In Chinese, the rabbit 40 (describe) as a lucky animal which is loved by people. The Vietnamese think the cat is a lucky animal. (22-23八年级下·河北邢台·期中)根据短文内容及所给提示,在文中的空白处填写一个正确的单词。 The bicycle is an important transportation tool in most Chinese cities. Every family 41 (have) at least one bicycle. More than 90% Chinese people can ride 42 (bicycle). During the three years of my middle school, I always went to school by bicycle. 43 my opinion, it’s very good to ride bicycles. First, it can take us 44 (somewhere) at any time. We don’t need to waste time waiting for a bus. Second, 45 (ride) bicycles can also stay out of the traffic jam. Third, riding bicycles is good for our health. If we go to work by bicycle instead of 46 (drive) or taking a bus, we can have 47 chance of getting enough exercise we need every day. 48 (four), bicycles are small, and they don’t take much room, 49 it’s easy to park. What’s more, cycling doesn’t cause any air pollution, and it’s 50 (certainly) that riding bicycles costs almost nothing. If most of us ride bicycles, there will be less air pollution and we can save much money. (22-23八年级下·山东济南·期中)I am a reporter from TEENS MAGAZINE. Recently, we received many teenagers’ letters about 51 (they) problems with parents. Jack is one of them. Last week, he 52 (play) computer games when his mother came to his room. He got angry and 53 (argue) with her. You often complain that your parents do not understand you. When something goes wrong, most parents think it’s all your fault (错误) 54 asking for any reasons. Many parents don’t allow (允许) you to make 55 (mistake) or do things by yourselves. Relations between children and their parents are becoming much 56 (bad). Maybe you need to find more time 57 (communicate) with your parents. Also, you need to try hard to find out 58 much better way to get what you want. When you want to stay out late, you should speak out what you want to do and why it is important for you to do so. Then they might 59 (agree) with your request (请求). 60 all of us can be peaceful, communication will be easier. (23-24八年级上·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面短文,在空格处填入一个恰当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 In the town of Willowbrook, there was a girl called Alina. One day, on the way home, she saw 61 sad, homeless little dog. Alina thought she needed to help. She telephoned a friendly group called Best Friends. They were experts (专家) at saving animals. With their help, Alina saved the dog and 62 (name) him Buddy. She raised the dog 63 (careful), and they became best friends. Alina was happy about the help she got, 64 she decided to help other animals too. Soon, she became a volunteer at Best Friends and met more animal 65 (friend). Alina and Buddy visited schools with Best Friends, teaching kids about love for animals. “I always want to do something helpful, so why not 66 (work) for animals?” said Alina, “and for me, volunteering with Best Friends is 67 (good) way to do that. The workers there are really helpful, and it’s nice to find forever homes 68 animals.” Alina helped the animals with 69 (she) hard work, and her story showed that anyone can do a job 70 (make) a big difference. (23-24八年级上·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 My grandpa loves playing chess a lot. Every day he plays chess with his friends. Last week, he 71 (come) to visit us in Canada. But he was very sad when he found nobody here could play chess with 72 (he). One day, 73 I came back from school, I found my grandpa was sitting quietly in a chair, doing nothing. I knew he was lonely. I wondered if I could teach him 74 (play) online chess. “Grandpa, someone is waiting 75 you to play chess,” I went to him and said. “Really?” he said, his eyes opening wide. “Who? And where?” I took him to the computer in my room and said, “Right here.” Then I taught him how to use the Internet and how to play chess online. At first, he was slow. Having tried several times, he became better and began to play chess with different 76 (people) from around the world. “ 77 is so fantastic to play chess like this!” he cried excitedly. Now he is quite good at playing chess online and has made a lot of 78 (friend) on the Internet at the same time. My grandfather is much 79 (happy) than before. Grandpa will go back home soon. I believe 80 time when we played online chess together was so great that both of us will never forget. (23-24八年级上·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。将答案填写在答题卷的相应位置。 Hangzhou, together with five other 81 (city) in Zhejiang, has hosted the 19th Asian Games 82 Sept. 23 to Oct. 8. Before the Games, Hangzhou 83 (use) many ways to make their city look better. The city also tried its best to make traffic better. The city now has much 84 (wide) roads and lighter traffic. “The Small Lotus” is one of the main places for sports events. On the top of it, there are eight petals. They can open and close 85 (easy). It takes 15 minutes for each petal 86 (open) and close. Self-driving buses were used during the Games, too. The smart buses start 87 (run) only by themselves. Surprisingly, the highest speed of them can be as far as 50 kilometers in 88 hour. With the help of artificial intelligence sensors (人工智能传感 器), the buses know 89 to take athletes to right places and where to stop. 90 , the buses can only carry at most 20 passengers (乘客). (23-24八年级上·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(一个单词)或括号内的单词的正确形式。将答案填在答题纸内的相应位置。 Nowadays, WeChat is more and more popular with students. I often talk to my English friends on Wechat to help me speak English 91 (good) than before. And I can read lots of information on Wechat that can make me 92 (know) more around. I feel WeChat is like 93 mirror that helps me see something 94 (clear). However, WeChat brings me some trouble as well. Someone always 95 (put) photos of the real things on WeChat to tell what he sells really good. I am angry about those advertisements (广告) 96 some of them may not be true. As a 97 (say) goes, “seeing is believing.” What’s worse, some news always asks us 98 (show) it to others. This makes me uncomfortable. 99 (friend) seem to become enemies (敌人). In fact, I am thinking about stopping using WeChat on my phone because using it too much is bad 100 my eyes. (21-22八年级下·广东深圳·期中)语法填空 How to make a comic strip Everyone loves to read comic strips. But do you know how to make one? Here are the steps for 101 (make) a comic strip. First, you need to decide 102 some basic ideas for a story. In the 103 (two) stage, think about the kinds of 104 (character) you want and 105 they will look like. Now make a rough sketch of the story. Next, use a computer to draw 106 (detail) pictures and add colours. To make the characters and things appear to move, each picture should 107 (make) a little different from the one before it. In the next stage, a computer program is used to put pictures together as a film. Finally, record the voices and sound effects. The actors will do the characters’ voices. 108 (they) speech must match the pictures. Sound effects, like the noise of the underground, must also be added 109 (separate). After everything has been 110 (check), cartoon is ready to be played for everyone to enjoy. (20-21八年级下·广东深圳·期中)阅读下面短文,在空格处填入适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空,并答案填写在答题卡规定的位置上。 It is often said that eyes can speak. Do you have such kind of experience? In a bus, you may look at a 111 (strange), but not too long. If he notices that you look at him for long, he may feel 112 (comfortable). The same is it in daily life! If others look at you for a long time, you will look at yourself up 113 down to see if there is anything wrong with you. If nothing 114 (go) wrong, you will feel angry. Eyes do speak, right? However, during 115 conversation(谈话), the speaker will only look at the listeners from time to time to make sure that the listeners show 116 (interesting) in the topic. In fact, long eye contact only happens 117 lovers. Both of them will enjoy 118 (look) at each other sweetly for a long time. It can show 119 (feel) that words cannot express. You see, eye contact should 120 (do) according to the relationship between two people. (22-23八年级下·河北石家庄·期中)Young people are often unhappy when they are with their parents. They say that their parents don’t understand them. They often think their parents are too strict with them, and they can’t do things 121 (free). They may even get into fights over something. Parents often find it difficult to win their children’s trust (信任) and their children don’t want to share anything with them. Some parents get a strong 122 (feel) of loss (失落). The truth is that some young people like to do things without 123 (think) too much. It is one of their 124 (way) to show that they grow up and they want to think for themselves. For example, a mother often 125 (get) angry with her children about their strange clothes or noisy music. But the young people just want to show their personality (个性) in this way. Even the young people may feel very unhappy if their parents don’t like their music 126 their clothes. As we know, young people don’t always understand it’s 127 (importance) to have a good parent-child relationship. In fact, parents are not enemies (敌人) but friends. So why not have proper 128 (communicate) with them? When you can’t solve the problem by 129 (you), they are always there to help you. So a good relation between you and your parents plays 130 great role in your life. (22-23八年级下·河北石家庄·期中)阅读下面短文,在空白处填写一个正确的单词。 What is happiness? Everyone has his own idea. I’d like to share some of my 131 (story) with you. I feel happy when I’m with my family. My parents give me a lot. They never compare me 132 other kids. For me, happiness is having a loving and caring family. I also feel happy while 133 (try) to help others. Last week, I visited a special school for students with weak sight or hearing. It is difficult for 134 (they) to write and read pinyin, so I taught these students 135 to read and write. First, I 136 (write) down “a, o, e...”on the blackboard. Then I taught them to read. 137 (three), I corrected their mistakes when they practiced. For over three hours, I did the same work once again, 138 I didn’t feel tired. My hard work 139 (final) paid off. As 140 old saying goes, “The rose is in her hand, the flavor in mine.” For me, happiness is helping others in need. (22-23八年级下·广东深圳·期中) Once upon a time, there lived a farmer in the countryside. He 141 (grow)very good corn. Each year, he would take part in the local farmers’ fair and win first prize for his corn. The story of the farmer’s 142 (successful)reached the ears of a reporter. He went to interview the farmer. While he was learning about some growing skills from the farmer, he found that the farmer shared his best seeds(种子) 143 his neighbors. “ 144 did you give your best corn seeds to your neighbors? They might go to the fair 145 win, too, ” the reporter asked. The farmer replied 146 (patient), ” The wind picks up pollen(花粉) from the corn and 147 (move)it from field to field. Then cross pollination(交叉授粉) will does harm to my corn if my neighbors grow poor corn. In fact, if I want to grow good corn, I must help my neighbors grow good corn, too.” The answer made the reporter have a 148 ( good)understanding of the connections in life. It is the same with 149 (we)lives. Those who want 150 (live)well should help others around them to live well. Those who wish to be loved must learn to love others, too. 参考答案: 1.was told 2.looked 3.weren’t 4.was watering 5.smelling 6.to bloom 7.gave 8.need 9.was going 10.have learned 【分析】本文主要讲述了作者买了一盆茉莉花,希望它能开花散发出香气,但两个月过去了一直没有开花,于是把它送给了朋友。后来在朋友的办公室看到了开花的茉莉花,才明白需要耐心等待。最后朋友把茉莉花还给了作者,作者决定耐心等待它开花。 1.句意:当我买它的时候,我被告知它会开花,甜甜的香味会充满我的办公室。句子主语I与谓语动词tell存在被动关系,使用被动语态。句子时态为一般过去时,空处使用一般过去时的被动语态。构成为:was/were+过去分词。主语I与was连用,tell的过去分词为told。故填was told。 2.句意:这棵植物我养了两个月了,我每天都看它,但是没有花,也没有令人愉快的气味。根据上文谓语动词使用了had可知空处句子时态为一般过去时,谓语动词使用过去式。故填looked。 3.句意:这棵植物我养了两个月了,我每天都看它,但是没有花,也没有令人愉快的气味。根据上文谓语动词使用了looked可知空处句子时态为一般过去时,动词使用过去式。主语any flowers为复数,be动词使用were。故填weren’t。 4.句意:当我走进去时,她正在给她的茉莉花浇水。根据上文“When I walked in”可知,玛丽正在给她的茉莉花浇水,从句使用了一般过去时,主句的动作表示在过去某一时刻正在发生的动作,空处使用过去进行时,构成为:was/were+现在分词。主语she与was连用,故填was watering。 5.句意:我禁不住闻一闻它们的气味。can’t help doing sth“禁不住做某事”,空处使用动名词。smell“闻”,动名词形式为smelling。故填smelling。 6.句意:她的茉莉花花了一年才开花。it takes some time for sb to do sth“做某事花费某人……时间”,空处使用动词不定式。故填to bloom。 7.句意:我迫不及待地想让我的花开花,遗憾的是,我把它送人了。根据上文be动词使用了was可知,空处句子时态为一般过去时,谓语动词使用过去式。故填gave。 8.句意:我需要耐心,让事情发生。根据上文be动词使用了is可知,空处句子时态为一般现在时,主语I是,谓语动词使用原形。故填need。 9.句意:上周日琳达告诉我她下星期要出差。根据空前“Last Sunday Linda told me”可知,空处的宾语从句使用过去时;根据空后“the next week”可知,空处句子时态为过去将来时,表示位置移动的动词可以使用be doing表示将来。主语she与was连用,go的现在分词为going。故填was going。 10.句意:我明白了,当我们在生活中想要得到什么东西时,我们必须要有耐心。分析句子可知,此处强调对现在的影响,使用现在完成时,构成为:have/has+过去分词。主语I与have连用,learn的过去分词为learned。故填have learned。 11.playing 12.hobbies 13.Fishing 14.sits 15.But 16.the 17.more 18.healthy 19.for 20.interesting 【分析】本文主要写了人们的爱好以及爱好对生活的重要性。 11.句意:有些人喜欢玩电脑游戏。根据“like”可知,此处是说喜欢玩电脑游戏,like doing sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填playing。 12.句意:不同的人有不同的爱好。根据“different”可知,此处是说不同的人有不同的爱好。hobby爱好,可数名词,根据句意知用复数形式。故填hobbies。 13.句意:钓鱼是我父亲最喜欢的运动。根据“…is my father’s favourite sport.”可知,句子缺主语。fish是动词,动名词才能做主语,用—ing形式。故填Fishing。 14.句意:他经常坐在河边数小时却一无所获。根据“He often”可知,句子时态为一般现在时,主语“He”为第三人称单数形式,所以此处用第三人称单数。故填sits。 15.句意:但是他仍然喜欢钓鱼,因为他喜欢坐在阳光下。根据“without catching anything”可知,此处表示转折。故填But。 16.句意:但是他仍然喜欢钓鱼,因为他喜欢坐在阳光下。“sun”意为“太阳”,为独一无二的事物,与定冠词the连用。故填the。 17.句意:我的同学林立更喜欢踢足球。根据“But Grace likes playing basketball.”可知,此处是说林立更喜欢踢足球,“much”的比较级为more,like...more“更喜欢……”。故填more。 18.句意:虽然他们的爱好不同,但他们都认为运动可以使他们保持健康。根据“keep them...”可知,此处是说让他们保持健康,此处应用形容词healthy作宾语补足语,意为“健康的”。故填healthy。 19.句意:我收集它们已经有十年了。根据“I have been collecting them”可知,此句是现在完成时时态,“ten years”是一段时间,所以前面用介词for。故填for。 20.句意:我的邮票很漂亮,也很有趣。根据“My stamps are very beautiful and…”可知,and连接两个并列的成分,“are”是be动词,be动词后接形容词。故此处用interest的形容词interesting,意为“有趣的”。故填interesting。 21.ate 22.himself 23.to lie 24.She 25.carefully 26.an 27.singing 28.It 29.with 30.healthy 【分析】本文主要写了班上一些学生因为自我保健不当而生病的情况,包括吃太多导致胃痛、吃糖引发牙痛、过度练习唱歌导致喉咙疼痛等,强调了保持健康需要学会自我保健。 21.句意:David昨天晚上吃了太多。根据“yesterday evening”可知本句用一般过去时,eat过去式为ate。故填ate。 22.句意:今天早上他几乎下不了床。根据“He got a stomachache”可知是他不能让自己下床,himself他自己。故填himself。 23.句意:老师叫他躺下休息。ask sb.to do sth.叫某人做某事,固定短语,lie躺下。故填to lie。 24.句意:她不能仔细地听老师讲课。根据“Now she has a pained expression”可知她不能仔细听老师讲课。故填She。 25.句意:她不能仔细地听老师讲课。修饰动词listen用副词,careful的副词形式为carefully。故填carefully。 26.句意:下午放学后,她妈妈要带她去看牙医并做X光检查,否则以后会更疼的。根据题干,X-ray是可数名词单数,应加不定冠词,X以元音音素开头。故填an。 27.句意:Judy这几天必须为歌唱比赛练习唱歌。practice doing sth.练习做某事,固定短语,sing唱歌,此处应填动名词。故填singing。 28.句意:她说话都很难。本句用固定句型it is+形容词+for sb.to do sth.“对某人来说,做某事怎么样”,it作形式主语,不定式是真正的主语。故填It。 29.句意:老师给了她一些加蜂蜜的热茶喝。根据“Now she has a sore throat”可知老师给了她加蜂蜜的热茶,此处应用介词with,表示“有”。故填with。 30.句意:随着我们的成长,我们需要学会照顾好自己以保持健康。keep+形容词,表示“保持某种状态”,health健康,名词,形容词形式为healthy。故填healthy。 31.organized 32.to choose 33.from 34.turning 35.the 36.simply 37.bored 38.However 39.impressions 40.is described 【分析】本文介绍了新的一年在中国被称为兔年,在越南被称为猫年,文中讲到了原因。 31.句意:古代讲故事的人说玉皇大帝组织了一场世界上所有动物的过河比赛。句子时态为一般过去时,此处应用动词的过去式形式。故填organized。 32.句意:玉皇大帝决定选择最先到达另一边的十二只动物出现在十二生肖中。decide to do sth.“决定做某事”,固定词组。故填to choose。 33. 句意:在这个中国故事中,猫和老鼠骑在牛上从一边到另一边过河,这时老鼠把猫推进了水里。from…to…“从……到……”,固定词组。故填from。 34.句意:在这个故事中,把这两只动物变成敌人是这个比赛的结果。分析句子结构可知,此处应用所给词的动名词形式作主语。故填turning。 35.,句意:在中国的故事中,兔子跳到河里的石头顶上渡河。on the top of“在……的顶部”,固定词组。故填the。 36.句意:当兔子到达那里时,周围没有其他动物,它只是觉得比赛太容易了。分析句子结构可知,此处应用所给词的副词形式,修饰动词,作状语。故填simply。 37.句意:兔子对比赛感到厌烦,所以它跑到一边睡着了。be bored with…“厌倦……”,固定词组。故填bored。 38.句意:然而,在越南故事中——没有兔子——这只猫会游泳,最终排名第四。根据空前后句的句意可知,此处句意发生了转折,且空后有逗号,所以应用however。故填However。 39.句意:把兔子换成猫的一种解释可能与人们对这两种动物的印象有关。根据空前的“people’s”可知,此处应用所给词的名词形式,impression“印象”,可数名词,此处应用复数形式表示概数概念。故填impressions。 40.句意:在中国,兔子被描述为一种幸运的动物,深受人们的喜爱。根据句子主语“the rabbit”与谓语为逻辑上的动宾关系可知,此处应用被动语态,句子时态为一般现在时,此处应用动词的三单形式。故填is described。 41.has 42.bicycles 43.In 44.anywhere 45.riding 46.driving 47.a 48.Fourth 49.so 50.certain 【分析】本文主要讲述了自行车在中国大多数城市是一种非常重要的交通工具,并具体介绍了骑自行车的好处。 41.句意:每个家庭至少有一辆自行车。根据上下文语境可知,文章谈的是现在的情况,句子要用一般现在时。主语Every family是第三人称单数,所以要填动词第三人称单数形式has。故填has。 42.句意:90%以上的中国人会骑自行车。bicycle“自行车”,可数名词,根据“ More than 90% Chinese people can ride...”可知,此处应用复数形式。故填bicycles。 43.句意:在我看来,骑自行车很好。in one’s opinion表示“在某人看来”,为固定短语,首字母要大写。故填In。 44.句意:首先,它可以在任何时候带我们去任何地方。根据前句“it’s very good to ride bicycles”和空后“at any time”提示可知,应是自行车可以带我们去任何地方。故填anywhere。 45.句意:第二,骑自行车也可以避开交通堵塞。分析句子结构可知,空处是动词短语作主语,故应用动名词形式。故填riding。 46.句意:如果我们骑自行车上班,而不是开车或坐公交车,我们就有机会获得每天所需的足够锻炼。drive“开车,驾驶”,动词,用于介词of之后,应用动名词形式。故填driving。 47.句意:如果我们骑自行车上班,而不是开车或坐公交车,我们就有机会获得每天所需的足够锻炼。chance“机会”,可数名词,此处为单数,所以空处应是冠词,根据句意可知,此处表示泛指,且chance以辅音音素开头,故应用a。故填a。 48.句意:第四,自行车很小,不占太多空间,所以很容易停车。根据前面提到的Third“第三”可知,这里要填序数词Fourth“第四”,表示叙事顺序,首字母要大写。故填Fourth。 49.句意:第四,自行车很小,不占太多空间,所以很容易停车。根据“bicycles are small, and they don’t take much room...it’s easy to park.”可知,空格前后句是因果关系,故空处要填so“因此”。故填so。 50.句意:更重要的是,骑自行车肯定不会造成任何空气污染,骑自行车几乎不需要任何费用。certainly“肯定,当然”,为副词,分析句子结构可知,空处的词在系动词is之后,故应用形容词certain“肯定的”作表语。故填certain。 51.their 52.was playing 53.argued 54.without 55.mistakes 56.worse 57.to communicate 58.a 59.agree 60.If 【分析】本文就青少年与父母之间存在的很多问题提出了一些青少年如何与父母沟通的建议。 51.句意:最近,我们收到了许多青少年的来信,内容涉及他们与父母之间的问题。由空后名词“problems” 可知,此处应用人称代词they“他们”的形容词性物主代词their“他们的”作定语,修饰名词。故填their。 52.句意:上周,当他妈妈来到他的房间时,他正在玩电脑游戏。由时间状语从句“when his mother came to his room”可知,主句时态应为过去进行时,其结构是:was/were doing,主语“he”为第三人称单数,be动词用was,动词play的现在分词为playing。故填was playing。 53.句意:他很生气,并与她发生了争执。由“got angry and ”和and表示并列可知,此处应用动词argue“争吵”的过去式argued。故填argued。 54.句意:当事情出了问题,大多数父母认为都是你的错,而不问任何原因。根据上文“When something goes wrong, most parents think it’s all your fault”可知,此处是指父母不问原因,就认为都是子女的错,介词without“没有”,符合语境。故填without。 55.句意:许多父母不允许你犯错误或自己做事。make mistakes“犯错”,固定搭配。故填mistakes。 56.句意:孩子和父母之间的关系越来越糟糕。由空前的程度副词much可知,此处应用形容词bad“不好的”的比较级worse作表语。故填worse。 57.句意:也许你需要找更多的时间与你父母沟通。分析句子结构可知,此处应用动词不定式to communicate作定语修饰空前的名词time。故填to communicate。 58.句意:此外,你需要努力找到更好的方法来得到你想要的。根据空后“much better way”可知,此处泛指一个更好的方法,应用不定冠词;much是以辅音音素开头的单词,应用a。故填a。 59.句意:然后他们可能会同意你的要求。由空前情态动词might可知,此处应用动词原形agree。故填agree。 60.句意:如果我们所有人都能和平相处,沟通就会更容易。由前后语境可知,此句为含条件状语从句的主从复合句;根据“all of us can be peaceful”可知,“我们所有人都可以和平相处”是“沟通更容易”的条件,应用if来引导条件状语从句,位于句首,首字母应大写。故填If。 61.a 62.named 63.carefully 64.so 65.friends 66.work 67.the best 68.for 69.her 70.to make 【分析】本文主要讲述了阿丽娜在救助一只流浪狗后,她开始帮助其他动物,并成为一名志愿者。 61.句意:一天,在回家的路上,她看到一只悲伤的、无家可归的小狗。根据“she saw...sad, homeless little dog”可知,此处泛指一只小狗,且sad首字母发辅音音素,故填a。 62.句意:在他们的帮助下,阿丽娜救了这只狗,并给它起名叫巴迪。根据saved可知,句子用一般过去时;name动词,“命名”,named过去式,故填named。 63.句意:她细心地养狗,她们成了最好的朋友。根据“She raised the dog”可知,此处用副词修饰raised,故填carefully。 64.句意:阿丽娜对自己得到的帮助感到高兴,所以她决定也帮助其他动物。根据“Alina was happy about the help she got...she decided to help other animals too”可知,此处填连词,so“所以”符合语境,故填so。 65.句意:很快,她成为了“最好的朋友”的志愿者,结识了更多的动物朋友。根据more可知空处填名词复数,故填friends。 66.句意:阿丽娜说:“我总是想做一些有益的事情,为什么不为动物工作呢?” why not do sth“为什么不做某事”,故填work。 67.句意:对我来说,和最好的朋友一起做志愿者是最好的方式。根据“volunteering with Best Friends is...way to do that”可知,空处用形容词最高级形式,good“好的”,the best最高级形式,故填the best。 68.句意:那里的工人真的很乐于助人,能为动物找到永远的家真是太好了。根据“it’s nice to find forever homes...animals”可知,此处填介词for“为了”,故填for。 69.句意:阿丽娜用她的辛勤工作帮助了动物们,她的故事表明,任何人都可以做一份工作来做出巨大的改变。根据“with...hard work”可知,此处用形容词性物主代词,表示“她的辛勤工作”,故填her。 70.句意:阿丽娜用她的辛勤工作帮助了动物们,她的故事表明,任何人都可以做一份工作来做出巨大的改变。根据“do a job...a big difference”可知,此处用不定式表目的,故填to make。 71.came 72.him 73.when 74.to play 75.for 76.people 77.It 78.friends 79.happier 80.the 【分析】本文主要讲述了作者教爷爷在网上下棋的故事。 71.句意:上周,他来加拿大看望我们。根据“Last week”可知句子应用一般过去时,动词come的过去式为came。故填came。 72.句意:但是,当他发现这里没有人能和他下国际象棋时,他很伤心。介词with后接人称代词宾格him。故填him。 73.句意:有一天,我放学回来时,发现爷爷安静地坐在椅子上,什么也没做。根据“I came back from school”可知此处应用when引导时间状语从句。故填when。 74.句意:我想知道是否可以教他在网上下棋。teach sb to do sth表示“教某人做某事”,此处应用play的动词不定式to play作宾语补足语。故填to play。 75.句意:爷爷,有人在等着你下棋呢。wait for sb to do sth表示“等待某人做某事”。故填for。 76.句意:试了几次之后,他变得更好了,并且开始与来自世界各地不同的人下棋。different修饰复数名词,people为复数名词。故填people。 77.句意:像这样下棋真是太棒了!分析句子结构,to play chess like this是句子真正的主语,因此此处应用代词it作形式主语,位于句首,首字母要大写。故填It。 78.句意:现在,他很擅长在网上下棋,与此同时他也在网上交了很多朋友。a lot of修饰复数名词,friend的复数形式为friends。故填friends。 79.句意:爷爷比以前开心多了。根据“than”可知此处应用形容词happy的比较级happier。故填happier。 80.句意:我相信,我们一起在网上下棋的时光这么美好,我们俩都永远不会忘记。根据“when we played online chess together”可知此处特指“一起在网上下棋的那些美好时光”,应用定冠词the表特指。故填the。 81.cities 82.from 83.used 84.wider 85.easily 86.to open 87.running/to run 88.an 89.how 90.However 【分析】本文主要介绍了第19届亚运会的杭州会馆小莲花体育馆以及智能公共汽车的使用。 81.句意:9月23日至10月8日,杭州与浙江其他五个城市一起举办了第19届亚运会。根据“five other”可知,此处用可数名词的复数。故填cities。 82.句意:9月23日至10月8日,杭州与浙江其他五个城市一起举办了第19届亚运会。from…to…“从……到……”。故填from。 83.句意:在奥运会之前,杭州用了很多方法来使他们的城市看起来更好。根据“Before the Games”可知,此处为一般过去时,故动词用其过去式。故填used。 84.句意:这个城市现在有了更宽的道路和更畅通的交通。根据“…roads and lighter traffic”可知,此处应该填形容词的比较级。故填wider。 85.句意:它们可以很容易地打开和关闭。空处修饰动词open以及close,应该用easy的副词easily。故填easily。 86.句意:每个花瓣的开放和闭合需要15分钟。此处是固定句型It takes some time to do sth.“花费多长时间做某事”。故填to open。 87.句意:智能公交车开始自动运行。starting doing/to do sth.“开始做某事”。故填running/to run。 88.句意:令人惊讶的是,它们的最高速度可以达到每小时50公里。此处表示“每小时”,且hour以元音音素开头,不定冠词an符合题意。故填an。 89.句意:在人工智能传感器的帮助下,这些公交车知道如何将运动员送到正确的地方,以及在哪里停车。根据“the buses know…to take athletes to right places”可知,这些公交车知道如何将运动员送到正确的地方。how“怎样”符合题意。故填how。 90.句意:然而,这些公共汽车最多只能载20名乘客。根据“the buses can only carry at most 20 passengers”可知,智能公共汽车的载客量少,因此此处表示转折,however“然而”符合题意,句首单词首字母要大写。故填However。 91.better 92.know 93.a 94.clearly 95.puts 96.because 97.saying 98.to show 99.Friends 100.for 【分析】本文主要讲述了微信在我们的生活中越来越受欢迎,但是微信对我们有利也有弊。 91.句意:我经常和我的英语朋友在微信上交谈,帮助我把英语说得比以前更好。根据than可知,此处用比较级,副词修饰动词speak,good的副词是well“好地”,其比较级是better“更好”,故填better。 92.句意:我可以在微信上阅读很多信息,让我了解更多。这里是:make sb. do sth.使某人做某事,需用know的动词原形。故填know。 93.句意:有时我觉得微信就像一面镜子,可以帮我看清楚一些东西。由语境可知,此处泛指“一面镜子”,用不定冠词,mirror是以辅音音素开头的单词,用a。故填a。 94.句意:有时我觉得微信就像一面镜子,帮助我看得更清楚。此处用于句中修饰其前的动词see,所以clear用其副词形式。故填clearly。 95.句意:有人总是把实物照片放在微信上,告诉别人他卖的东西真的很好。由always可知,此处为一般现在时,主语someone是单数,后面的谓语动词用第三人称单数puts。故填puts。 96.句意:我对那些广告很生气,因为有些广告可能不是真的。根据“some of them may not be true.”可知,这里是由because引导的原因状语从句。故填because。 97.句意:俗话说:“眼见为实。”此处表示“谚语”,用于句中作主语,又因为其前有不定冠词a修饰,所以用其名词原形即可。故填saying。 98.句意:更糟糕的是,有些新闻总是要求我们把它展示给其他人。此处用于“ask sb. to do sth.”结构中,翻译为“要求某人做某事”,所以用show的动词不定式形式。故填to show。 99.句意:朋友似乎成了敌人。 根据“seem”可知,这里是一般现在时,主语为复数,friend的复数为friends,首字母大写。故填Friends。 100.句意:事实上,我在考虑再也不要在手机上使用微信了,因为太频繁地使用微信对我的眼睛不好。be bad for...,对……有害,为固定搭配。故填for。 101.making 102.on 103.second 104.characters 105.what 106.detailed 107.be made 108.Their 109.separately 110.checked 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了如何制作连环漫画。 101.句意:以下是制作连环漫画的步骤。for是介词,其后加动名词作宾语,故填making。 102.句意:首先,你需要确定故事的一些基本思路。decide on sth“决定某事”,故填on。 103.句意:在第二阶段,考虑你想要的角色类型以及他们的样子。此处作定语修饰stage,用序数词second,故填second。 104.句意:在第二阶段,考虑你想要的角色类型以及他们的样子。根据“kinds of”可知,此处应使用名词复数形式,故填characters。 105.句意:在第二阶段,考虑你想要的角色类型以及他们的样子。根据“...they will look like”可知,此处是宾语从句,引导词在从句中作宾语,用what引导,表示“他们长什么样子”。故填what。 106.句意:接下来,使用电脑绘制详细的图片并添加颜色。此处在句中作定语修饰pictures,用形容词detailed表示“详细的”,故填detailed。 107.句意:为了使人物和事物看起来会移动,每张图片都应该与前一张有所不同。本句主语是动作的承受者,与should构成含情态动词的被动语态,故填be made。 108.句意:他们的演讲必须与图片相符。此处作定语修饰pictures,用形容词性物主代词their,句首需大写首字母。故填Their。 109.句意:声音效果,如地下的噪音,也必须单独添加。此处在句中修饰动词,用副词形式,故填separately。 110.句意:一切检查完毕后,卡通就可以播放给大家欣赏了。此处是has been done结构表被动,故填checked。 111.stranger 112.uncomfortable 113.and 114.goes 115.a 116.interest 117.between 118.looking 119.feelings 120.be done 【分析】本文主要讲述了眼神交流。 111.句意:在公共汽车上,你可能会看着一个陌生人,但时间不会太长。根据“In a bus, you may look at a”可知,是指看着陌生人,a后跟名词单数。故填stranger。 112.句意:如果他注意到你长时间地看着他,他可能会感到不舒服。根据“If he notices that you look at him for long,”及常识可知,长时间看着别人,会让对方感到不舒服,空处用uncomfortable“不舒服的”,作表语。故填uncomfortable。 113.句意:如果别人长时间看着你,你也会上上下下地审视自己,看看自己有没有什么不对的地方。up and down“上下”,固定短语。故填and。 114.句意:如果没有什么问题,你会感到愤怒。本句是if引导的条件状语从句,主句是一般将来时,从句用一般现在时,主语是nothing,谓语用三单。故填goes。 115.句意:然而,在谈话中,说话者只会不时地看着听众,以确保听众对话题感兴趣。根据“during ... conversation”可知,此处表示泛指一次谈话,且conversation是以辅音音素开头的单词,空处用不定冠词a。故填a。 116.句意:然而,在谈话中,说话者只会不时地看着听众,以确保听众对话题感兴趣。show interest in“对……感兴趣”,固定短语。故填interest。 117.句意:事实上,长时间的眼神交流只发生在恋人之间。根据“lovers”可知,此处是指两者之间,用介词between表示。故填between。 118.句意:他们都会喜欢长时间甜蜜地看着对方。enjoy doing sth“喜欢做某事”,空处用动名词作宾语。故填looking。 119.句意:它能表现出言语无法表达的感情。根据“that words cannot express.”可知,此处是指感情,空处用名词复数feelings“感情”表示泛指。故填feelings。 120.句意:你看,眼神交流应该根据两个人的关系来做。主语eye contact与谓语do之间是动宾关系,因此此处用被动语态be done,情态动词should后跟动词原形。故填be done。 121.freely 122.feeling 123.thinking 124.ways 125.gets 126.or 127.important 128.communication 129.yourself 130.a 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,文章讲述了很多年轻人和父母的关系不太融洽,但是孩子与父母间的良好关系是很重要的。 121.句意:他们经常认为父母对他们太严格,他们不能自由地做事情。free“自由的”,形容词,此处意为“自由地做事情”,使用副词freely修饰动词do。故填freely。 122.句意:一些父母有强烈的失落感。feel“感觉到”,动词,此处应使用名词feeling“感觉”作宾语,空前有a,此处应用单数形式。故填feeling。 123.句意:事实是,一些年轻人做事不喜欢想太多。think“想”,动词,without为介词,后面使用动名词形式作宾语。故填thinking。 124.句意:这是他们的一种方式来表明他们长大了,他们想自己思考。way“方式”,可数名词;one of+复数名词,表示“……之一”。故填ways。 125.句意:例如,一位母亲经常对她孩子的奇怪衣服或吵闹的音乐生气。根据“often”可知,句子为一般现在时,主语“a mother”为第三人称单数,谓语动词get用第三人称单数形式。故填gets。 126.句意:即使是年轻人,如果他们的父母不喜欢他们的音乐或他们的衣服,他们也会感到非常不开心。句子为否定句,否定句中两者并列,用or“或者”连接。故填or。 127.句意:正如我们所知,年轻人并不总是理解良好的亲子关系的重要性。importance“重要性”,名词;此处使用形容词important“重要的”作表语,It is+形容词+to do sth.表示“做某事是怎么样的”,固定句式。故填important。 128.句意:那么为什么不和他们进行适当的交流呢?communicate“交流”,动词;此处应用名词作宾语,communication“交流”,不可数名词。故填communication。 129.句意:当你自己不能解决问题时,他们总是在那里帮助你。you“你”,人称代词;by oneself表示“单独,独自”,主语为you,此处反身代词应填yourself“你自己”。故填yourself。 130.句意:因此,你和父母之间的良好关系在你的生活中起着重要的作用。play a role in...表示“在……中发挥作用”,固定搭配;空后“great”是以辅音音素开头,应用不定冠词a。故填a。 131.stories 132.with 133.trying 134.them 135.how 136.wrote 137.Third 138.but 139.finally 140.an/the 【分析】本文是一篇记叙文。通过作者的生活经历,告诉大家什么是幸福:幸福就是有一个充满爱和关怀的家庭,幸福就是帮助需要帮助的人。 131.句意:我想和你们分享一些我的故事。story“故事”,可数名词,前面有some of“一些”,可知此处应用其复数形式。故填stories。 132.句意:他们从不拿我和其他孩子比较。此处考查固定搭配:compare sb with sb“把某人和某人比较”。故填with。 133.句意:在帮助别人的同时,我也感到幸福。while为连词,句子前后主语一致,try与I之间为主动关系,因此用现在分词trying。故填trying。 134.句意:对他们来说,写和读拼音是困难的。根据空格前介词for可知,要用they宾格形式them作宾语。故填them。 135.句意:所以我教这些学生如何读和写。根据此句语境可知,空格部分表示方式,我教这些学生如何读和写,因此用how。故填how。 136.句意:首先,我在黑板上写下“a, o, e…”。根据上文“Last week”,可知故事以一般过去时叙事,因此此处用write的过去式wrote。故填wrote。 137.句意:第三,当他们练习时,我纠正他们的错误。根据上文“First”和“Then”,可知此处表示的是“第三”,因此用three的序数词third,表示顺序,又因其位于句首,所以首字母要大写。故填Third。 138.句意:一连三个小时,我重复同样的工作,但是我不累。根据此句语境可知,此空前后形成转折关系,所以用but连接。故填but。 139.句意:我的努力终于有了回报。此空要填的词修饰后面的动词短语pay off,因此应填入一个副词形式,与final所对应的副词是finally。故填finally。 140.句意:正如谚语所说:“赠人玫瑰,手有余香”。根据“saying”谚语,可数名词单数,前面需要加冠词,且old是以元音音素开头的单词,因此用an/the。故填an/the。 141.grew 142.success 143.with 144.Why 145.and 146.patiently 147.moves 148.better 149.our 150.to live 【分析】本文主要讲述了一个记者去采访一个因种植优质玉米而赢得比赛的农夫的事件。通过了解农夫获胜的秘诀感悟到我们的生活哲理,即帮助别人就是在帮助自己。 141.句意:他种了很好的玉米。根据“Once upon a time”可知,时态是一般过去时,应用动词过去式。故填grew。 142.句意:这个农民成功的故事传到了一个记者的耳朵里。根据“the farmer’s”可知,名词所有格后接名词。successful的名词形式是success,此处是不可数名词。故填success。 143.句意:当他向农夫学习一些种植技巧时,他发现农夫把他最好的种子分享给他的邻居。share...with...“和……分享……”,固定搭配。故填with。 144.句意:你为什么把你最好的玉米种子给你的邻居?根据后文“The farmer replied patiently, ‘The wind picks up pollen from the corn and moves it from field to field.’”可知,这是解释他把最好的种子分享给他邻居的原因,所以用疑问词why,位于句首需大写。故填Why。 145.句意:他们可能也会去展览会,并且获胜。根据“They might go to the fair…win, too”可知,前后动作是递进关系,用and连接。故填and。 146.句意:农夫耐心地回答说:“风从玉米上带走花粉,把它从一块地带到另一块地。”分析句子结构可知,此处应用副词修饰动词replied。故填patiently。 147.句意:农夫耐心地回答说:“风从玉米上带走花粉,把它从一块地带到另一块地。”and连接两个成分,形式要一致,句中的动词picks,可知是第三人称单数形式,move也应用第三人称单数形式。故填moves。 148.句意:这个回答让记者对生活中的联系有了更好的理解。此处应用形容词的比较级,强调之前的理解和与农夫谈话后的理解作对比。故填better。 149.句意:我们的生活也是如此。分析句子结构可知,此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰名词lives。故填our。 150.句意:想要活得好的人应该帮助周围的人活得好。want to do sth想做某事,固定用法。故填to live。

  • ID:4-19670567 2023-2024学年七年级英语下册(人教版)期中专练之语法填空15篇(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/七年级下册

    期中复习之语法填空15篇 (22-23七年级下·浙江·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 Now people in England, the US and many other countries celebrate (庆祝) Mother’s Day. Mother’s Day is on the 1 (two) Sunday of May in some countries. It’s time to show 2 (thank) to their mothers. Children give flowers, cards, chocolates and other things to 3 (they) mothers. And they also make gifts for their mothers. Some of them get up early to cook breakfast 4 their mothers. They also help their mothers with housework. They want 5 (show) their love to their mothers. They know if they have no mothers, they can’t live 6 happy life. Many people in China celebrate this festival for their mothers, 7 they want to show their love to their mothers. In every 8 (China) family, the mother looks after the children, does the housework and 9 (make) meals for the family, so she 10 (be) quite hard-working and she is always busy in the family. Now more and more people celebrate Mother’s Day in China. (22-23七年级下·浙江·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。将答案填写在试卷的相应位置。 There is 11 man who I see on the subway every morning. He always sits alone, and never listens to music. Around eight days ago, I 12 (find) him chatting with a friend by signs(手势). After chatting with his friend, he looked so sad. I wanted to make him feel 13 (happy) than before. I tried to ask him if he was okay, 14 we could not understand each other. I felt so helpless. So I started staying up for hours many 15 (time) a month to learn the sign language. After periods of 16 (learn) and several tries, I could use it 17 (talk) with others well. When I met him again, I said hello to him and I asked him how he was for the first time. The shocked smile on his face made all the tired time 18 (meaning). Then he took his phone out and 19 (slow) typed out a message. It just said, “Thank you.” It seemed I have made a great impression (印象) on 20 (he). (22-23七年级下·浙江宁波·期中)阅读下面短文,按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求,在空格处填入适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。 Look at the picture. This is Lucky. Lucky is the name 21 a dog. Lucky’s parents are big, 22 he is small. He is very short. He is only 31.3 cm tall 23 head to toes. However, he has a good 24 (eat) habit. Lucky is not only a dog, but also a good friend to children. Do you know 25 Lucky works? He works in a children’s hospital. He saves people’s lives, too. Lucky’s job is to help children feel good and let them 26 (forget) the fears (恐惧) of the hospital. Look, Lucky is busy 27 (play) with children. “He’s very cute and 28 (friend). I love him very much. With 29 (he) help, the hospital isn’t a scary place for me,” Jeff, 30 eight-year-old boy says. He often plays with Lucky when he is in hospital and Lucky brings him great fun. (22-23七年级下·浙江宁波·期中)阅读下面短文,按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求,在空格处填入一个适当的词,或填入括号中词语的正确形式(不超过3个词)。 Do you know Su Bingtian? He is a famous Chinese 31 (run). He was born in Zhongshan City, Guangdong Province 32 August 20th, 1989. When he was a child, he liked running. His parents encouraged him to practice 33 (run) and they took him to a local team. It was very hard 34 (win) every race, 35 he never gave up his dream. He kept on exercising and tried his best. In November, 2004, he took part in the regular match for the first time. After that, he got many good grades in all kinds of races. In 2015, he won the third place in 9.99 seconds. Su became the 36 (one) Asian man who could finish the 100 meter-race in less than 10 seconds. In 2018, he broke his own record in 9.91 seconds. “I am so 37 (excite). I can write my name in history now. I will work harder and I’m sure I will be able to run 38 (fast).” said Su Bingtian after the race. He kept training hard and finally he made great progress. In 2021, he set a new Asian record in the men’s 100-meter dash with a time of 9.83 seconds at the Tokyo Olympics. He has become one of the fastest 39 (man) in the world. Su’s story shows that dreams can come 40 if you keep on. (22-23七年级下·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。 Dear Jenny, How are you? Today is Saturday. We don’t have to go to school. I’m 41 home now. I’m 42 (write) an e-mail to you on the computer. At the same time, I’m talking with 43 (I) classmates online. We are talking about the test next Tuesday. My brother is watching Animal World on TV. He 44 (like) animals so much. He has lots of 45 (photo) of animals like tigers, giraffes 46 elephants. My mother is in the 47 (live) room. She is talking with one of her friends on the phone. They are talking about 48 movie happily. They want 49 (go) to see it next Friday. My father likes driving. He is washing his car in the yard (院子) now. It’s a new car and my father likes it very much. He always keeps it 50 (clean). What are you doing now? Yours, Alan (22-23七年级下·广东深圳·期中)阅读下面短文,按照句子结构和上下文连贯的要求,在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。 Today is Tree Planting Day. We are planting trees in the suburbs by 51 (we). Look! Some 52 (dig) holes in the ground, some are watering trees. We are talking and laughing 53 (happy). We are having wonderful teamwork. Trees help us in many ways. They keep the air cooler and also make everything 54 (convenience). We get fruit and oil from them. Tea comes from the 55 (leaf) of trees. Many useful things are 56 (make) of wood. Trees are so important. We can’t imagine a world 57 trees. I feel it our duty 58 (plant) trees every year and I firmly believe our earth will become more beautiful 59 everyone 60 (try) his best to protect trees every year. (22-23七年级下·贵州遵义·期中)阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的词或括号内单词的正确形式。 Cindy is a twelve-year-old girl. She is from the USA.She has a big family and she 61 (live) in a big house. What are her family doing now? Cindy’s grandma is 62 (drink) coffee(咖啡). She is eighty years old, 63 she is still very healthy. She really enjoys taking 64 walk after dinner. Cindy’s brother Evan is reading a newspaper. What about 65 (Cindy) father? He is making tea. Who are the 66 (child) on the sofa? They are Cindy’s cousins Ben and Peter. They are playing a ball. Like other little boys, they like all 67 (kind) of toys and listening to 68 (noise) music. What’s Cindy doing? She is studying because her parents are strict 69 her. What is Cindy’s mother doing? She is making delicious food for the family. What about the pet dog? It’s sleeping after 70 (fight) with the cat Lucky. (22-23七年级下·贵州铜仁·期中)阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的词或括号内单词的正确形式。 Fu Yongzheng and his family live in the mountains (山) in Hainan. To make way for the Hainan Tropical Rainforest National Park, they move to a new community and start 71 (they) new life. They take all their 72 (thing) and get to their new home after riding for over three hours along the mountain roads. “It’s a little hard for 73 (I) to leave(离开) the mountains because I have lived there for many years.” Fu Yongzheng 74 (say). “But our new townhouse is big 75 beautiful. There 76 (be) two floors in it. There is a large living room on the 77 (one) floor and four bedrooms on the second floor. It is very good.” There is also 78 service center, a reading room and a basketball court (球场) 79 the community. Fu and his family live there 80 (good). They all are very happy. (22-23七年级下·贵州黔西·期中)阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的词或括号内单词的正确形式。 Li Ye is 81 student at Green Middle School. She is twelve 82 old. Every day she gets up early in the morning. She usually 83 (leave) home for school at about seven o’clock. Her school is far 84 her home. It’s about twelve 85 (kilometer). First, she 86 (walk) to the bus stop. It takes her about fifteen minutes. At the bus stop, she takes the school bus 87 school. The bus ride 88 (take) about half an hour, but it’s never 89 , because she can meet many classmates on the bus. And she always talks with?? 90 (they). (22-23七年级下·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入一个适当的词或使用括号内单词的正确形式填空。 In the USA, the school bus is 91 popular way for children to get to school. There are about 480,000 yellow school 92 (bus) in the country. In 1939, yellow became the color of school buses 93 the color helped warn (警告) other cars. A yellow bus is easy to see in the early morning. On the school bus, students can listen to music, talk 94 the phone or just sleep. But they can’t put things in the aisle (过道). They should keep their hands and arms in the bus. It’s not a good idea to talk to the bus driver, because he/she can’t drive 95 (good) when he/she 96 (talk). These days, it’s 97 popular for Chinese students to take the bus to school. Wang Li, a student from Beijing Chaoyang Middle School, 98 (take) a school bus to school since(自从) September. It takes her about 40 minutes 99 (get) to school every morning. “It’s really 100 (interest) because you sit with your classmates. It saves a lot of time. So we all like the school bus,” the 12-year-old girl said. (22-23七年级下·浙江杭州·期中)阅读短文,在横线上填入一个适当的词语或用所给词语的适当形式填空。 Tom’s office is a little far away from home. Every day, he has to 101 (take) a bus to work. But the bus is always crowded and he doesn’t like it. So he wants to buy 102 bike and ride it to work. One day, he sees an ad in a newspaper. The bike 103 (cost) 500 yuan. It is really beautiful. So he goes to the shop 104 (have) a look. After 105 (look) at the bike carefully, Tom says to the shopkeeper, “There isn’t a light on this bike, but there was one on the bike in 106 (you) ad.” “Yes, sir,” answers the shopkeeper, “but the price of the bike doesn’t include the light. If you want to buy the light, you need to pay more money for 107 .” “Not included in the price of the bike?” Tom says 108 (angry). “But that’s not honest. If the light is in the advertisement, you should sell me a bike 109 a light.” “Well, sir,” answers the shopkeeper, “Look, a girl 110 (ride) the bike in our ad. Shall we give you one of these, too?” (22-23七年级下·浙江杭州·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式,将答案填写在答题纸的相应位置。 John is a schoolboy. He is funny, so everyone likes him very much. He can play many musical instruments, 111 piano, guitar and violin. He’s in the school music club and it usually takes him a lot of time 112 (practice) these instruments. When he is with 113 (he) friends, he often plays them. Today is June 1st. It’s 114 (John) birthday. He has a big 115 interesting party at home. Many friends come to his party. His mother cooks a lot of food for them. Everyone brings a beautiful gift to him. May gives him an English dictionary 116 she knows English is his favorite subject. Bob gives John a basketball. He wants John 117 (play) sports as often as possible to keep healthy. At the party, John plays the guitar and he 118 plays the piano. They sing many songs and play some interesting 119 (game). They have 120 good time today. (22-23七年级下·浙江·期中)阅读下面材料,在空白处填入恰当的内容(一个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式,将答案填在答题纸相应的位置。 On October 4th every year, many children go to the zoo. They go to see tigers, pandas, and some other 121 (animal). Why do they go to the zoo on that day? 122 that day is World Animal Day. Many children like animals and want 123 (make) friends with them. Some children have pets at home. The pets are 124 (they) friends. Mark is a middle school student. He has 125 black cat called Mimi. He gives it milk to drink and fish to eat every day. The cat also eats food like bread. In the day, it always sleeps and it opens its eyes 126 night. Mark likes it very much and he is 127 (friend) to it. He always plays with it after school. One day, after he finishes 128 (do) his homework, he takes Mimi out for a walk. When he wants to close the door, Mimi miaows (喵喵叫) and goes back into the house 129 (quick). Mark follows it and finds the keys on the desk! He forgets to take the keys. How smart the cat is! He 130 (love) the cat very much! (22-23七年级下·浙江温州·期中)阅读下面短文,在空格处填入一个恰当的词,或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。 My name is Jim. I am a 13-year-old boy. I am a student in Class 9, Grade 7 from No. 6 Middle School. I lost my schoolbag this morning. I think I lost it 131 the bus. There are many important things in my bag, so I really 132 (worry) about it. Its 133 (colour) are red and yellow. And it 134 (look) a little old. There is a picture of a dog on the bag. In the bag, there is a pencil case, some books and an ID card 135 my name on it. The pencil case is blue and there are two pencils and 136 eraser in it. I 137 (can) do many things without my ID card. And I need the books for my study. I really want to find my bag and I hope the finder could return my bag very soon. If you find my schoolbag, please call 138 . My telephone number is 867-5331. I 139 (pay) you 5 dollars. Thank you for 140 (help) me. (22-23七年级下·浙江宁波·期中)阅读下面短文,按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求,在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空。 Do you want to have a big adventure (探险) with no big 141 (danger)? Try letterboxing. It’s really exciting. Letterboxing began in England 142 1845. It was like hiking and exploring with a special adventure. Someone 143 (make) a letterbox—a small box with a little notebook in it. The person hid the letterbox in a park, a forest, a city or other 144 (place). Next, the person would write directions(方向) to the box 145 put the directions on the Internet. Then letterboxers used 146 (they) to look for the letterbox. Although letterboxing may not be as popular as mountain climbing, it’s still a great activity. It’s 147 outdoor adventure. And it’s very cool 148 (open) a letterbox and know that no one else has found it! There 149 (be) now many different kinds of letterboxes and people can have great fun enjoying these activities. 150 you never go letterboxing before, you can give it a try. 参考答案: 1.second 2.thanks 3.their 4.for 5.to show 6.a 7.because 8.Chinese 9.makes 10.is 【分析】本文主要介绍了人们过母亲节,通过各种方式表达对母亲的爱。 1.句意:在一些国家,母亲节是在五月的第二个星期天。定冠词the后接序数词表顺序,two的序数词second,意为“第二”。故填second。 2.句意:是时候向他们的母亲表示感谢了。say thanks to sb.“向某人表示感谢”。故填thanks。 3.句意:孩子们给妈妈鲜花、卡片、巧克力和其他东西。根据“to ... (they) mothers”可知此处指“他们的妈妈”,用形容词性物主代词their表示“他们的”。故填their。 4.句意:他们中的一些人早起为母亲做早餐。根据“cook breakfast ... their mothers”可知是为母亲做早餐,for“为了”。故填for。 5.句意:他们想向母亲表达他们的爱。want to do sth.“想要做某事”。故填to show。 6.句意:他们知道,如果没有母亲,他们就无法过上幸福的生活。live a happy life“过上幸福的生活”。故填a。 7.句意:许多中国人为母亲庆祝这个节日,因为他们想向母亲表达自己的爱。句子前果后因,用because表示“因为”,引导原因状语从句。故填because。 8.句意:在每个中国家庭中,母亲都会照顾孩子,做家务,为家人化妆,所以她很努力,在家里总是很忙。根据“family”可知此处用形容词作定语,Chinese“中国的”。故填Chinese。 9.句意:在每个中国家庭中,母亲都会照顾孩子,做家务,为家人化妆,所以她很努力,在家里总是很忙。and连接并列谓语,与looks、does保持一致,此处用第三人称单数形式makes。故填makes。 10.句意:在每个中国家庭中,母亲都会照顾孩子,做家务,为家人化妆,所以她很努力,在家里总是很忙。根据上下文可知用一般现在时,主语“she”后接be动词is。故填is。 11.a 12.found 13.happier 14.but 15.times 16.learning 17.to talk 18.meaningful 19.slowly 20.him 【分析】本文主要讲述了作者在地铁上发现了一位聋哑人,为了和他交流而去学习手语,这位聋哑人因为有人和他交流而开心并且特别感谢他。作者觉得这件事很有意义,也让自己成为了更好的人。 11.句意:我每天早上在地铁上看到一个男人。此处应用不定冠词表示泛指,man是辅音音素开头的单词,故填a。 12.句意:大约八天前,我发现他和一个朋友用手势聊天。根据“Around eight days ago”可知,时态是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故填found。 13.句意:我想让他比以前更快乐。句中feel为系动词,后跟形容词;又根据“than before”可知,此处应用形容词的比较级。故填happier。 14.句意:我试着问他是否还好,但我们无法理解对方。此空前后表达的是转折的含义,并且连接两个句子,因此用连词but。故填but。 15.句意:所以我开始一个月多次熬夜学习手语。time意为“次数”时是可数名词,前面有many修饰,因此需变为复数形式times。故填times。 16.句意:经过一段时间的学习和几次尝试,我可以很好地利用它与他人交谈。介词of后用动名词作宾语,故填learning。 17.句意:经过一段时间的学习和几次尝试,我可以很好地利用它与他人交谈。use...to do sth“用……做……”,空处用不定式形式,故填to talk。 18.句意:他脸上露出震惊的笑容,让所有疲惫的时光变得有意义。。此空作宾语time的补足语,应用形容词meaningful,表示“有意义的”。故填meaningful。 19.句意:然后他拿出手机,慢慢地打出一条信息。此处修饰动词“typed”,应用slow的副词形式slowly。故填slowly。 20.句意:看来我给他留下了很好的印象。介词on后接宾语,应用宾格形式,故填him。 21.of 22.but 23.from 24.eating 25.how 26.forget 27.playing 28.friendly 29.his 30.an 【分析】本文主要介绍了一条会帮助儿童的名为Lucky的狗。 21.句意:Lucky是狗的名字。短语the name of sb表示“……的名字”。故填of。 22.句意:Lucky的父母很大,但是他是小的。根据“Lucky’s parents are big, …he is small. ”可知前后表示转折,应用but表示。故填but。 23.句意:他从头到脚只有31.3厘米高。根据“He is only 31.3 cm tall...head to toes.”可知,此处指的是from...to...“从……到……”,故填from。 24.句意:然而,他有一个良好的饮食习惯。此处指的是eating habit“饮食习惯”,故填eating。 25.句意:你知道Lucky是怎么工作的吗?根据“Do you know...Lucky works?”可知,此处指的是“如何”工作,故填how。 26.句意:Lucky的工作是帮助孩子们感觉良好,让他们忘记医院的恐惧。短语let sb do sth表示“让某人做某事”,其后接省略to的不定式。故填forget。 27.句意:看,Lucky正忙着和孩子们玩。be busy doing sth“忙于做某事”,是固定短语,故填playing。 28.句意:他很可爱也很友好。连词and连接两个并列的形容词,因此要用名词friend的形容词friendly,表示“友好的”。故填friendly。 29.句意:有他的帮助,医院对我来说不是一个可怕的地方。短语with one’s help表示“在某人的帮助下”,此处应用形容词性物主代词。故填his。 30.句意:杰夫,一个8岁的小男孩说道。名词boy是可数名词单数,需用不定冠词限定,eight是元音发音开头,应用an。故填an。 31.runner 32.on 33.running 34.to win 35.but 36.first 37.excited 38.faster 39.men 40.true 【分析】本文主要介绍了运动员苏炳添。 31.句意:他是一位著名的中国跑步运动员。根据“Su Bingtian”及后文的描述,可知他是个跑步运动员,故填runner。 32.句意:1989年8月20日出生于广东省中山市。根据“August 20th, 1989”可知此处讲的是具体的一天,用介词on。故填on。 33.句意:他的父母鼓励他练习跑步,并带他去了当地的一支球队。practice doing sth“练习做某事”,run的动名词形式为running。故填running。 34.句意:赢得每一场比赛都很困难,但他从未放弃自己的梦想。“It’s+adj+to do sth”为固定句型,空处应填动词不定式,故填to win。 35.句意:赢得每一场比赛都很困难,但他从未放弃自己的梦想。根据“It was very hard to win,… he never gave up his dream.”可知前后句为转折关系,应填but表转折。故填but。 36.句意:苏炳添成为第一个能在不到10秒内完成100米比赛的亚洲男子。根据空前的“the”可知此处填序数词,one的序数词为first。故填first。 37.句意:我太激动了。主语为“I”,此处应填excited“感到兴奋的、激动的”作表语。故填excited。 38.句意:我会更加努力,我相信我会跑得更快。根据“I will work harder…”可知此处用比较级,fast的比较级为faster。故填faster。 39.句意:他已经成为世界上跑得最快的人之一。one of +可数名词复数,man的复数形式为men。故填men。 40.句意:苏炳添的故事表明,如果你坚持下去,梦想是可以实现的。根据前文的“dreams”,可知此处指的是梦想实现,come true意为“实现”。故填true。 41.at 42.writing 43.my 44.likes 45.photos 46.and 47.living 48.a 49.to go 50.clean 【分析】本文是Alan写给Jenny的信,信中介绍了自己以及家人正在做的事情。 41.句意:我现在在家。at home“在家”。故填at。 42.句意:我正在电脑上给你写邮件。write“写”,此处用现在分词和be动词构成现在进行时。故填writing。 43.句意:与此同时,我正在网上和同学们聊天。空格后是名词,此处用形容词性物主代词my“我的”。故填my。 44.句意:他非常喜欢动物。like“喜欢”,描述客观情况,用一般现在时,主语是He,谓语动词用单三。故填likes。 45.句意:他有很多老虎、长颈鹿和大象等动物的照片。lots of后加名词复数photos“照片”。故填photos。 46.句意:他有很多老虎、长颈鹿和大象等动物的照片。根据“tigers, giraffes...elephants”可知此处表示并列,用and连接。故填and。 47.句意:我妈妈在客厅里。in the living room“在客厅”。故填living。 48.句意:她们正在愉快地谈论一部电影。此处泛指“一部电影”,movie以辅音音素开头,用不定冠词a。故填a。 49.句意:她们想下周五去看。want to do sth.“想要做某事”。故填to go。 50.句意:他总是保持干净。keep sth. adj.“使某物保持……”,形容词作宾补。故填clean。 51.ourselves 52.are digging 53.happily 54.more convenient 55.leaves 56.made 57.without 58.to plant 59.if 60.tries 【分析】本文主要介绍了树木对人们的重要性,以及呼吁人们要保护树木。 51.句意:我们自己在郊区植树。根据by oneself“单独”可知,此处应填人称代词we的反身代词ourselves。 故填ourselves。 52.句意:看!一些人在地上挖洞,一些人在给树浇水。根据“some are watering trees.”可知,此句时态是现在进行时,谓语结构:be doing,结合主语Some可知be动词用are,dig的现在分词为digging。故填are digging。 53.句意:我们高兴地有说有笑。此处修饰谓语动词“talking and laughing”应用形容词happy的副词形式happily。故填happily。 54.句意:它们使空气更凉爽,也使一切更方便。根据make sth.+adj.“使某物……”可知,此空应填形容词;根据“keep the air cooler and also make everything…”可知,此处应填形容词的比较级more convenient,与cooler并列。故填more convenient。 55.句意:茶是由树叶制成的。此处应用名词leaf复数形式leaves表泛指。故填leaves。 56.句意:许多有用的东西都是用木头做的。be made of表示“用……造成”。故填made。 57.句意:我们无法想象一个没有树木的世界。根据“We can’t imagine a world ...trees.”可知,此处指我们无法想象一个没有树木的世界,应填介词without,表示“没有”。故填without。 58.句意:我觉得每年植树是我们的责任。分析句子成分,句子中的it作谓语动词feel的形式宾语,此处动词不定式是真正的宾语,空缺处应填to plant。故填to plant。 59.句意:我坚信,如果每个人每年都尽力保护树木,我们的地球将变得更加美丽。根据“our earth will become more beautiful…everyone…his best to protect trees every year.”可知,此处指如果我们尽力保护树木,地球将会更加美丽,此处应填if引导条件状语从句。故填if。 60.句意:我坚信,如果每个人每年都尽力保护树木,我们的地球将变得更加美丽。if引导的条件状语从句遵循“主将从现”的原则,从句主语“everyone”为不定代词,谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式tries。故填tries。 61.lives 62.drinking 63.but 64.a 65.Cindy’s 66.children 67.kinds 68.noisy 69.with 70.fighting 【分析】本文主要介绍了Cindy一家人正在做的事情。 61.句意:她有一个大家庭,住在一所大房子里。根据“She has a big family”可知空处应用一般现在时和第三人称单数形式,live动词,“居住”,第三人称单数为lives,故填lives。 62.句意:Cindy的奶奶正在喝咖啡。根据“What are her family doing now”可知空处要用现在进行时,形式为be+doing,drink动词,“喝”,现在分词形式是drinking,故填drinking。 63.句意:她已经八十岁了,但仍然很健康。根据“She is eighty years old”和“she is still very healthy”可知两句话是转折关系,故填but。 64.句意:她真的很喜欢晚饭后散步。take a walk散步,固定搭配,故填a。 65.句意:Cindy的父亲呢?根据father可知空处应用名词所有格,Cindy’s 意思是“Cindy的”,故填Cindy’s。 66.句意:沙发上的孩子是谁?根据后一句“They are Cindy’s cousins Ben and Peter.”可知空处要用名词复数,child名词,“小孩”,复数为children,故填children。 67.句意:和其他小男孩一样,他们喜欢各种玩具和听嘈杂的音乐。all“所有的,全部的”,后跟名词复数,kind名词。“种类”,复数为kinds,故填kinds。 68.句意:和其他小男孩一样,他们喜欢各种玩具和听嘈杂的音乐。music是名词,前要用形容词,noise名词,“噪音”,形容词为noisy,故填noisy。 69.句意:她正在学习因为她的父母对她很严格。be strict with对……严格,形容词短语,故填with。 70.句意:它在和猫Lucky打架后睡着了。after介词,后跟动词的现在分词,fight动词,“打架”,现在分词为fighting,故填fighting。 71.their 72.things 73.me 74.says 75.and 76.are 77.first 78.a 79.in 80.well 【分析】本文讲述付永正一家人为了给海南热带雨林国家公园让路,他们搬到新的社区,并介绍新社区的相关情况。他们一家人在那里住得很好。 71.句意:为了给海南热带雨林国家公园让路,他们搬到了一个新的社区,开始了他们的新生活。they“他们”,人称代词主格,应用形容词性物主代词their,作定语修饰名词life。故填their。 72.句意:在沿着山路骑行了三个多小时后,他们带着所有的东西来到了新家。thing“东西”,可数名词。由“all”可知,用其复数形式。故填things。 73.句意:离开大山对我来说有点困难,因为我在那里住了很多年。I“我”,人称代词主格,介词for后应用宾格me。故填me。 74.句意:付永正说。say“说”,动词。此处是一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数,谓语动词用其单三形式。故填says。 75.句意:但我们的新联排别墅又大又漂亮。big和beautiful之间是并列关系,应用and连接。故填and。 76.句意:里面有两层。此处是there be句型,意为“有”。本句是一般现在时,主语是复数,故用be动词are。故填are。 77.句意:一楼有一个大客厅,二楼有四间卧室。one“一”,基数词,此处应用序数词first作定语修饰floor,表一楼。故填first。 78.句意:社区里还有一个服务中心、一个阅览室和一个篮球场。此处泛指“一个服务中心”,且service以辅音音素发音开头,其前应加不定冠词a。故填a。 79.句意:社区里还有一个服务中心、一个阅览室和一个篮球场。此处缺少介词in,in the community“在社区里”。故填in。 80.句意:付和他的家人在那里住得很好。good“好的”,形容词,此处应用副词well,修饰动词live。故填well。 81.a 82.years 83.leaves 84.from 85.kilometers 86.walks 87.to 88.takes 89.boring 90.them 【分析】本文主要介绍了李烨上学的情况。 81.句意:李烨是格林中学的一名学生。可数名词单数student前应用不定冠词,辅音音素开头应用a。故填a。 82.句意:她12岁。短语12 years old表示“12岁”。故填years。 83.句意:她通常在七点左右离开家去上学。句子时态为一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数,谓语动词需要三单式。故填leaves。 84.句意:她的学校离家远。短语far from表示“远离”。故填from。 85.句意:大概12公里。基数词twelve后接可数名词复数。故填kilometers。 86.句意:首先她走路去公交站。句子时态为一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数,谓语动词需要三单式。故填walks。 87.句意:在公交站,她坐校车去学校。短语take a bus to…表示“坐公交车去……”。故填to。 88.句意:公交车程大约半小时。句子时态为一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数,谓语动词需要三单式。故填takes。 89.句意:但从不无聊。根据“because she can meet many classmates on the bus. ”可知因为她在公交车上能遇到很多同学。因此在车上不会无聊,应用boring表示“无聊的”。故填boring。 90.句意:并且她总是可以和他们聊天。介词with后接人称代词宾格。故填them。 91.a 92.buses 93.because 94.on 95.well 96.is talking 97.more 98.takes 99.to get 100.interesting 【分析】本文主要讲述了在美国,校车很受孩子们的喜爱,并说明了乘校车的好处,同时也讲述了在中国,校车现在也很受欢迎。 91.句意:在美国,校车是孩子们上学的一种流行方式。此处表示泛指,且popular是以辅音音素开头的,故填a。 92.句意:全国大约有48万辆黄色校车。根据“480,000”可知,此空应填复数形式,故填buses。 93.句意:1939年,黄色成为校车的颜色,因为它可以警告其他车辆。根据“the color helped warn (警告) other cars”可知,空格后是解释校车是黄色的原因,故填because。 94.句意:在校车上,学生们可以听音乐、打电话或睡觉。talk on the phone“讲电话”,固定搭配,故填on。 95.句意:和公交车司机说话不是个好主意,因为他/她开车的时候开不好车。此空修饰动词drive,应填副词well,故填well。 96.句意:和公交车司机说话不是个好主意,因为他/她开车的时候开不好车。when引导的时间状语从句,从句表示某个时刻正在发生的事情,用现在进行时结构,主语是第三人称单数形式,助动词用is,故填is talking。 97.句意:如今,中国学生乘公共汽车上学更受欢迎。根据“These days, it’s…popular for Chinese students to take the bus to school.”可知,此处含有比较之意,所以用比较级more popular,故填more。 98.句意:王丽是北京朝阳中学的一名学生,从九月份开始,她就坐校车上学。陈述事实,此句是一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数形式,动词用三单形式,故填takes。 99.句意:她每天早上到学校要花大约40分钟。固定句式:It takes sb+一段时间+to do sth“某人花费时间做某事”,动词不定式作主语,故填to get。 100.句意:这真的很有趣,因为你和你的同学坐在一起。is后接形容词作表语,修饰物用以ing为结尾的形容词,故填interesting。 101.take 102.a 103.costs 104.to have 105.looking 106.your 107.it 108.angrily 109.with 110.is riding 【分析】本文主要讲述了Tom去购买自行车的搞笑故事。 101.句意:每天,他不得不乘公共汽车去上班。has to do sth“不得不做某事”,此空应填动词原形,故填take。 102.句意:所以他想买一辆自行车骑着去上班。此处表示泛指,且bike是以辅音音素开头的,故填a。 103.句意:这辆自行车值500元。此句是一般现在时,主语是单数形式,动词用三单,故填costs。 104.句意:所以他去商店看一看。根据“he goes to the shop … a look”可知,去商店的目的是为了看一看,用动词不定式表目的,故填to have。 105.句意:仔细看了自行车之后。After是介词,后接动名词,故填looking。 106.句意:但你广告里的自行车上有一个灯。此空修饰名词ad,应填形容词性物主代词your,故填your。 107.句意:如果你想买灯,你需要付更多的钱。此空指代前文提到的light,用it指代,故填it。 108.句意:Tom生气地说。此空修饰动词says,应填副词angrily“生气地”,故填angrily。 109.句意:你应该卖给我一辆带灯的自行车。根据“a bike … a light”可知,此处指带有车灯的自行车,with“带有”,故填with。 110.句意:看,广告里有个女孩在骑自行车。根据Look可知,此处用现在进行时结构,主语是单数形式,助动词用is,故填is riding。 111.like 112.to practice 113.his 114.John’s 115.and 116.because 117.to play 118.also 119.games 120.a 【分析】本文主要介绍了John的个人信息,爱好以及他生日这一天的情况。 111.句意:他会演奏很多乐器,比如钢琴、吉他和小提琴。此处表示举例说明一些乐器,用介词like。故填like。 112.句意:他参加了学校的音乐俱乐部,通常要花很多时间练习这些乐器。固定句式:It takes sb+一段时间+to do sth表示“某人花费时间做某事”,动词不定式作主语,故填to practice。 113.句意:当他和他的朋友在一起时,他经常玩乐器。此空修饰名词friends,应填形容词性物主代词his,故填his。 114.句意:它是John的生日。此空修饰名词birthday,应填名词所有格形式,故填John’s。 115.句意:他在家里举办了一个盛大而有趣的聚会。big与interesting是并列关系,用and连接,故填and。 116.句意:梅给了他一本英语字典,因为她知道英语是他最喜欢的科目。根据“she knows English is his favorite subject”可知,空格后解释给他买英语字典的原因,用because引导原因状语从句,故填because。 117.句意:他希望约翰尽可能多地参加体育运动以保持健康。want sb to do sth“想要某人做某事”,此空应填动词不定式,故填to play。 118.句意:在聚会上,约翰弹吉他,他也弹钢琴。根据“John plays the guitar and he…plays the piano.”可知,也弹钢琴,此空位于肯定句句中,应填also表示“也”,故填also。 119.句意:他们唱很多歌,玩一些有趣的游戏。game“游戏”,可数名词,根据some可知,此空应填复数形式,故填games。 120.句意:他们今天玩得开心。have a good time“玩得愉快”,固定搭配,故填a。 121.animals 122.Because 123.to make 124.their 125.a 126.at 127.friendly 128.doing 129.quickly 130.loves 【分析】本文主要讲述了在世界动物日,许多学生都会去动物园看动物,并讲述了Mark与他养的一只猫咪之间的故事。 121.句意:他们去看老虎、熊猫和其他一些动物。other后接复数名词,故填animals。 122.句意:因为那天是世界动物日。根据“Why”可知,回答用because,故填Because。 123.句意:许多孩子喜欢动物,想和它们交朋友。want to do sth“想要做某事”,动词不定式作宾语,故填to make。 124.句意:宠物是他们的朋友。此空修饰名词friends,应填形容词性物主代词their“他们的”,故填their。 125.句意:他有一只叫咪咪的黑猫。此处表示泛指,且black是以辅音音素开头的,故填a。 126.句意:白天,它总是睡觉,晚上它睁开眼睛。at night“在晚上”,固定搭配,故填at。 127.句意:马克非常喜欢它,他对它很友好。be friendly to“对……友好”,形容词作表语,故填friendly。 128.句意:一天,他做完作业后,带咪咪出去散步。finish doing sth“做完某事”,动名词作宾语,故填doing。 129.句意:当他想关门的时候,咪咪喵喵地叫了一声,很快地回到了房子里。此空修饰动词短语goes back,应填副词quickly“快速地”,故填quickly。 130.句意:他非常喜欢这只猫!此句是一般现在时,主语he是第三人称单数形式,动词用三单,故填loves。 131.on 132.worry 133.colours 134.looks 135.with 136.an 137.can’t 138.me 139.will pay 140.helping 【分析】本文是一则寻物启示,Jim丢了书包,希望能够找到失物。 131.句意:我想我把它丢在公共汽车上了。表示“在汽车上”,应用介词on,故填on。 132.句意:我的包里有很多重要的东西,所以我很担心。worry about“担忧……”,为固定短语,故填worry。 133.句意:它的颜色是红色和黄色的。根据“are”可知名词colour应用复数,故填colours。 134.句意:而且它看起来有点旧。look是动词,本句是一般现在时,主语是第三人称单数,动词用三单形式,故填looks。 135.句意:在书包里,有一个铅笔盒,一些书和一张写着我名字的身份证。根据“an ID card...my name on it”可知是指带有名字的身份证,应用介词with,故填with。 136.句意:铅笔盒是蓝色的,里面有两支铅笔和一块橡皮。根据“two pencils and...eraser in it.”可知此处是泛指一块橡皮,应用不定冠词,eraser以元音音素开头,应用an,故填an。 137.句意:没有身份证我不能做很多事情。根据“do many things without my ID card”可知没有身份证很多事情都不能做,应用can’t表示“不能”,故填can’t。 138.句意:如果你找到我的书包,请打电话给我。根据“If you find my schoolbag, please call...”可知如果找到书包,应打电话给“我”,应用宾格代词me。故填me。 139.句意:我将付给你5美元。pay是动词,结合语境可知如果找到书包,“我”将会付五美元,应用一般将来时,故填will pay。 140.句意:谢谢你的帮助。for是介词,后加动名词作宾语,故填helping。 141.dangers 142.in 143.made 144.places 145.and 146.them 147.an 148.to open 149.are 150.If 【分析】本文主要介绍了信箱活动这一游戏的来源和玩法。 141.句意:你想要一次没有大危险的大冒险吗?danger“危险”,名词,此处应用复数表示泛指,故填dangers。 142.句意:信箱活动始于1845年的英国。根据“1845”结合空前可知年份前面加介词in,故填in。 143.句意:有人做了一个信箱——一个装着一个小笔记本的小盒子。make是动词,动作发生在过去,应用一般过去时,故填made。 144.句意:这个人把信箱藏在公园、森林、城市或其他地方。other后加可数名词复数,故填places。 145.句意:接下来,这个人会在盒子上写上指示,并把指示放到网上。根据“Next, the person would write directions(方向) to the box...put the directions on the Internet”可知前后句是并列递进关系,应用and连接,故填and。 146.句意:然后信箱人用它们来寻找信箱。they“他们”,主格,位于动词后,应用宾格,故填them。 147.句意:这是一次户外探险。此处是表示泛指,outdoor以元音音素开头,应用an,故填an。 148.句意:打开一个信箱,知道没有人发现它,这是非常酷的!it is+形容词+to do sth“做某事是……的”,为固定句型,故填to open。 149.句意:现在有许多不同种类的信箱,人们可以享受这些活动的乐趣。根据“now”可知本句是一般现在时,主语是复数,be动词用are,故填are。 150.句意:如果你以前从未玩过信箱活动,你可以试一试。根据“you never go letterboxing before, you can give it a try.”可知前句是后句的条件,应用if引导,故填If。

  • ID:4-19670565 2024年牛津译林版中考百日冲刺每日一练(第五周)单项选择-动词词组辨析(无答案)

    初中英语/中考专区/二轮专题/题型专区/单项选择

    2024年牛津译林版中考百日冲刺每日一练(第五周)单项选择-动词词组辨析

  • ID:4-19670563 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(外研版)期中专练易错词100题(Module1-5)(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    期中易错词100题(Module1-5) 1.My mother always tells me not to talk to (陌生人). 2.My (最喜欢的) sports are swimming and jogging. 3.Lily won the first prize. Her mother must be (自豪的) of her. 4.My sister got high (分数) in the final exam. 5.At the beginning of the party, Tom met a (可爱的)girl. 6.Jane is a pretty girl with (眼镜). 7.My homework is (做完). Let's play soccer. 8.Different students have different (业余爱好). 9.When I get a bad mark, I feel (难过的). 10.I can (闻)something burning in the kitchen. 11.Would you like a chocolate (小甜饼)? 12.Most green fruit is (酸的). 13.The (比萨饼)is about the size of a dinner plate. 14.You seem to have put too much (盐)in this dish. 15.Without g (眼镜), my grandfather can’t see the words in the newspaper clearly. 16.Joanna looks cute and she is tall with f (浅褐色的) hair. 17.I’m so happy because I received a m (信息) from an old friend. 18.—Do you like this sofa? —Yes, I do. It feels so s (柔软的). 19.I don’t think I will win the singing competition, but I’d like to t (尝试). 20.The baby girl c the strawberries and told me that the number of them is fifteen. 21.The price of this piano is a little high. I can’t a it. 22.The boy is interested in science and always d of being a scientist. 23.The old man didn’t want to live in London. He decided to m to his hometown. 24.I’d like to i you to join in our Chinese Culture activity. 25.Mike was born in F and French is his mother tongue. 26.The lion is the k of the jungle. 27.On a clear day, you can see most of the city from the top of the (塔). 28.Cairo is an a city with a long history. 29.The (奖品) of the game is a five-?day holiday to Beijing. 30.Work hard and don’t give up. I believe your (梦想) will come true some day in the future. 31.—Have you (曾经) visited Changsha, the capital of Hunan? —Yes, I have. I went there last summer and visited the Orange Island. 32.—I’m going to enter a singing (比赛). Are you going to enter for it? —No, I’m not going to. 33. (德国) is a European country. 34.Thank you for (邀请) me to visit your school. 35.If you m blue and yellow, you can get green. 36.The (王后) is very beautiful and kind. 37.Do you (怀念) the old days? 38.Thanks to all the workers, the railway (系统) works well now. 39.We’re welcoming a (组) of visiting teachers from Russia. 40.The morning l came in through the windows and the temperature rose. 41.We still don’t know how many galaxies there are in the u . 42.Mattew Chimudzi wants to study Chinese so that he can c well with Chinese people one day. 43.Jim decided to make a m plane by himself. 44.Do you know the l news of the famous singer? 45.We should grow more trees to protect the (环境). 46.The old man lives (单独) and his children often come to see him. 47.Liu Yang and Wang Yaping are famous women (宇航员) in China. 48.Scientists have also (发现) many other galaxies in the universe. 49.Jason heard the good (新闻) on the radio this morning. 50.You can go and ask the astronaut to get more (信息) about space. 51.It's (不可能的) for us to finish these papers in such a short time. 52.Have you heard from your aunt r ? 53.We can’t go b that point. 54.A thousand million is a b . 55.Shenzhou VI is an u spacecraft, isn’t it? 56.It is impolite to ask a woman’s age because it’s a s . 57.The math problem is too difficult, n of us can work it out. 58.We haven’t found life on any other p yet. 59.The boy eats too much junk food and never exercises. He seems a little w . 60.Because of his i , he has to stay in bed for about 3 months. 61.I took my t and knew I had a high fever. 62.The writer has been popular s his first novel came out. 63.She caught a cold yesterday. She feels a now. 64.The little boy is a in class. He tries his best to answer every question. 65.In America, 95% of pet owners think of their animals as family (成员). 66.You’d better keep a dog as a (宠物) then you can feel less lonely. 67.My grandparents are in excellent (状况,身体状况). 68.—I don’t feel very (好) today. —You’d better lie down and have a rest. 69.Junk food is bad for your (健康). 70.—What’s wrong with you ? —I feel (生病的). 71.I have a (胃痛,肚子痛). Maybe I had something wrong for lunch. 72.My sister had a (发烧) so her temperature was a little higher. 73.I had a (咳嗽) yesterday and I feel uncomfortable now. 74.I have lived in Fuxin (达,计) fifty years. 75.We can’t imagine what our (日常的) life will be like without the Internet. 76.Simon is one of the (会员) of the football club in our city. 77.My mother always tells me to put my (心) into my study. 78.After a big dinner, their (胃) were completely full. 79.Monkey King (期望) to learn all the skills to live long and he can beat so many monsters. 80.The guide (引导) us to the village at last. 81.We should not put too many books in our (书包). They are too heavy. 82.Even though the duck is (丑陋的), we like her very much. 83.The nature has given us a (教训) so we must protect our environment. 84.The man looks very (酷的) . 85.Please (抗击) the bad man forever. 86.Look at the (天空). A lot of birds are flying above my head. 87.What a wonderful (艺术家) he is! 88.Please describe the pictures in your o words. 89.The boy is so c that he always works out difficult maths problems very quickly. 90.This boy is very .He may be another Edison(爱迪生). 91.His joke made all the students . 92.Why do you think most children like (卡通)? 93.Their (幽默的)performance made everyone burst into laughter. 94.Look at that (英俊的)man.He is Mike's uncle. 95.Bill i the telephone in the 1900s. 96.The humorous story made children l . 97.Please follow the guide. She will l us to the Summer Palace. 98.The kids made a (杂乱)in the bathroom. 99.I'm not going to tell you about it because it's a (私人的)conversation. 100.I haven’t finished my homework (还,尚) . 参考答案: 1.strangers 【详解】句意:我妈妈总是告诉我不要和陌生人说话。根据汉语提示,可知要翻译的部分为“陌生人”,英语表达是“stranger”,可数名词,这里需用名词复数形式。故填strangers。 2.favourite/favorite 【详解】句意:我最喜欢的运动是游泳和慢跑。根据中文提示“最喜欢的”用英文表示是“favourite/favorite”,故填favourite/favorite。 3.proud 【详解】句意:莉莉得了一等奖。她母亲一定为她感到骄傲。proud“骄傲的”,形容词,在句中作表语;be proud of“为……骄傲”。故填proud。 4.marks 【详解】句意:我妹妹期末考试得了高分。mark“分数”,可数名词;考试不止得一分,故用其复数形式,作动词got的宾语。故填marks。 5.lovely 【详解】句意:在派对开始的时候,汤姆遇到了一个可爱的女孩。根据汉语提示“可爱的”可知,此处使用lovely,lovely是形容词,修饰名词girl。故填lovely。 6.glasses 【详解】句意:简是一个戴眼镜的漂亮女孩。根据汉语提示,with在这里表穿戴,with glasses意思是“戴着眼镜”,故填glasses。 7.done 【详解】句意:我的作业做完了。让我们踢足球吧。“作业”与“做完”之间为逻辑上的动宾关系,即作业被做完,故此处为被动语态;do“做”,用其过去分词形式。故填done。 8.hobbies 【详解】句意:不同的学生有不同的业余爱好。hobby“业余爱好”,可数名词;由空前“different”可知,此处用其复数形式,作动词have的宾语。故填hobbies。 9.sad 【详解】句意:当我得到一个坏的分数,我感到悲伤。feel是表感觉系动词,后接表语形容词;结合汉语提示,故填sad。 10.smell 11.cookie 12.sour 13.pizza 14.salt 【解析】10.句意:我能闻到厨房里有什么东西烧焦了。 根据汉语意思可知,这里考查smell,是一个动词。空前can是情态动词,后面跟动词原形。故答案为smell。 11.句意:你想要吃一块巧克力小甜饼吗? 根据单词的汉语意思可知,这里考查cookie,是一个名词,空前有不定冠词a,名词用单数。故答案为cookie。 12.句意:大多数绿色的水果都是酸的。 根据单词的意思可知,这里考查sour,是一个形容词,在句中作表语。故答案为sour。 13.句意:这个比萨饼大约有餐盘那么大。 根据单词的意思可知,这里考查pizza,是一个名词。句中be动词的形式是is,主语为名词单数。故答案为pizza。 14.句意:好像你在这道菜里放了太多盐。 根据单词的意思可知,这里考查的是salt,是一个不可数名词,没有复数形式的变化。故答案为salt。 15.(g)lasses 【详解】句意:没有戴眼镜,爷爷看不清报纸上的字。“眼镜”glasses。作宾语,故填(g)lasses。 16.(f)air 【详解】句意:Joanna看起来很可爱,她很高,有浅褐色的头发。fair“浅褐色的”,形容词作定语,修饰名词hair。故填(f)air。 17.(m)essage 【详解】句意:我很高兴,因为我收到了一个老朋友的信息。message“信息”,a修饰可数名词单数,故填(m)essage。 18.(s)oft 【详解】句意:——你喜欢这个沙发吗?——是的,我喜欢。它感觉很柔软。根据首字母提示及汉语提示可知,“柔软的”对应的英文是soft,在句中作表语。故填(s)oft。 19.try 【详解】句意:我认为我不会在歌唱比赛中获胜,但是我想试试。根据汉语提示可知,空缺处应填“尝试”,又根据首字母提示可知,空缺处填try,动词,句中I’d是I would的缩写形式,would like to do sth.想做某事,动词不定式to try作宾语,故填try。 20.(c)ounted 【详解】句意:小女孩数了数草莓,告诉我一共有十五颗。根据“and told me that the number of them is fifteen.”以及首字母可知是count“数”,结合“and told me”可知该句是一般过去时,动词填过去式。故填(c)ounted。 21.(a)fford 【详解】句意:这架钢琴的价格有点高。我买不起。结合首字母以及“The price of this piano is a little high.”可知,是afford“买得起”,情态动词can’t后接动词原形。故填(a)fford。 22.(d)reams 【详解】句意:这个男孩对科学很感兴趣,一直梦想成为一名科学家。结合首字母提示以及“of being a scientist.”可知应说梦想成为科学家,dream of doing“梦想做某事”,The boy为单数主语,该句描述客观事实,为一般现在时,谓语动词填三单形式。故填(d)reams。 23.(m)ove 【详解】句意:这位老人不想住在伦敦。他决定搬到家乡去。根据“He decided to...to his hometown.”结合单词首字母可知,此处指的是搬家,move“搬家”,是动词,空前有不定式符号to,动词用原形,故填(m)ove。 24.(i)nvite 【详解】句意:我想邀请你参加我们的中国文化活动。根据“you to join in our Chinese Culture activity.”以及首字母,可知指的是invite“邀请”,would like to do sth“想要做某事”,因此后填动词原形。故填(i)nvite。 25.(F)rance 【详解】句意:迈克出生在法国,法语是他的母语。根据“ and French is his mother tongue”可知此处指“出生在法国,法语是他的母语”;France“法国”。故填(F)rance。 26.(k)ing 【详解】句意:狮子是丛林之王。根据常识及首字母提示可知,本句表达的意思是“狮子是丛林之王”,空处应是king“国王”,根据“The lion is”可知名词用单数,故填(k)ing。 27.tower/towers 【详解】句意:在晴朗的日子里,您可以从塔顶看到大部分城市。根据汉语提示空白处应填“塔”即tower。the top of在……的顶部,后面加名词。又因为the后面既可以加名词单数表特指,又可以加名词复数表示整个群体。故填tower/towers。 28.(a)ncient 【详解】句意:开罗是一座历史悠久的古城。根据“city with a long history”结合首字母a可知,此处表达“古老的城市”,表达“古老的”用形容词ancient。故填(a)ncient。 29.prize 【详解】句意:比赛的奖品是去北京度假五天。根据汉语提示可知,此处应用名词prize“奖品”作主语,结合is可知,此处应用单数形式。故填prize。 30.dream 【详解】句意:努力工作,不要放弃。我相信在将来的某一天你的梦想会实现的。根据中文提示可知,dream“梦想”,作从句主语;故填dream。 31.ever 【详解】句意:——你去过湖南的省会长沙吗?——是的,我去过。去年夏天我去了那里,参观了橘子洲。“曾经”的英文表达是ever,副词。故填ever。 32.competition 【详解】句意:——我要参加一个歌唱比赛。你要报名参加吗?——不,我不打算去。根据中文释义可知考查名词competition“比赛”,a后跟名词单数。故填competition。 33.Germany 【详解】句意:德国是一个欧洲国家。Germany是专有名词,德国,故填Germany。 34.inviting 【详解】句意:谢谢你邀请我参观你们学校。Thank you for doing sth.“因为做某事谢谢你”;invite是动词,邀请,invite sb. to do sth.“邀请某人去做某事”,此处用动名词inviting。故填inviting。 35.mix 【详解】句意:如果你把蓝色和黄色混合,你可以得到绿色。根据首字母提示及句意可知是“混合”两种颜色,用英文表示是“mix”。故填mix。 36.queen 【详解】句意:王后又漂亮又善良。“王后”可用queen表示,根据“is”可知,此处表示单数,使用名词单数形式。故填queen。 37.miss 【详解】句意:你怀念过去的日子吗?怀念:miss;根据句子结构可知,句子是一般疑问句,动词miss应用原形。故填miss。 38.system 【详解】句意:多亏了所有的工作人员,铁路系统现在运行良好。system“系统”,根据“works”可知,空处用名词单数。故填system。 39.group 【详解】 句意:我们正在欢迎一批来自俄罗斯的客座教师。根据汉语提示可知,此处考查固定搭配a group of“一批”。故填group。 40.(l)ight 【详解】句意:晨光透过窗户照射进来,温度上升了。根据“The morning l... came in through the windows”可知,此处是指“光线”,light作“光线”讲时,为不可数名词。故填(l)ight。 41.(u)niverse 【详解】 句意:我们仍然不知道在宇宙中有多少星系。根据星系应是在宇宙中,由于首字母u,所以是universe。故填(u)niverse。 42.(c)ommunicate 【详解】 句意:Mattew Chimudzi想要学习中文,以便有一天他可以和中国人很好地交流。communicate“交流”,为动词;情态动词can后应用动词原形。故填(c)ommunicate。 43.model 【详解】句意:吉姆决定自己做一架模型飞机。根据“plane”及首字母,可知,此空表示“模型飞机”,model“模型”作定语修饰名词plane,故填model。 44.latest 【详解】句意:你知道那位著名歌唱家的最新消息吗?根据“news of the famous singer”及首字母,可知,此处表示“最新的消息”,latest“最新的”,形容词作定语修饰名词news,故填latest。 45.environment 【详解】句意:我们应该种更多的树来保护环境。根据中文提示,environment“环境”,不可数名词,故填environment。 46.alone 【详解】句意:那位老人独居,他的孩子们经常来看他。此空修饰动词“lives”,要用副词,alone表示“单独,独自”,故填alone。 47.astronauts 【详解】句意:刘洋和王亚平是中国有名的女宇航员。此空为名词作表语,根据系动词are可知,此空是可数名词复数,astronaut表示“宇航员”,复数直接加s。故填astronauts。 48.discovered 【详解】句意:科学家们还发现了宇宙中许多其他星系。“发现”可用discover表示,根据“have”可知,此处构成现在完成时结构,所以用其过去分词形式,故填discovered。 49.news 【详解】句意:杰森今天早上从收音机里听到了这个好消息。根据中文提示,news“新闻”,不可数名词,故填news。 50.information 【详解】句意:你可以去问宇航员关于太空的更多信息。根据中文提示,information“信息”,不可数名词,故填information。 51.impossible 【详解】句意:对我们来说,在这么短的时间里完成这些文件是不可能的。“it is+adj+for sb to do sth”表示“对某人来说做某事是……的”,此空为形容词,根据“...in such a short time”可推测,在如此短时间完成文件是不可能的,impossible表示“不可能”。故填impossible。 52.(r)ecently 【详解】句意:最近你有没有收到你姑姑的来信?这句话使用了现在完成时,副词recently意为“最近”,通常与现在完成时联合使用,故填 (r)ecently。 53.(b)eyond 【详解】句意:我们不能越过那个点。短语Go beyond意为“超过,越过”,这里是说不能越过那个点,故填(b)eyond。 54.(b)illion 【详解】句意:十亿是十亿。thousand意为“千”,一千个“百万”(million)就是十亿,需填名词“十亿”,故填(b)illion。 55.(u)nmanned 【详解】句意:神舟六号是一个无人驾驶的飞行器,是吗?这一空在名词“飞行器”前,缺少的是形容词作定语,形容词unmanned意为“无人驾驶的”,故填(u)nmanned。 56.(s)ecret 【详解】句意:询问一个妇女的年龄是不礼貌的,因为这是一个秘密。这里是描述不能询问女性年龄的原因,是“秘密”,前面有不定冠词a,故填(s)ecret。 57.none 【详解】句意:数学题太难了,我们没人能解出它。根据“The math problem is too difficult”及“of us can work it out”可知,没人能解出这道数学题,三者以上用none表示“一个也没有”,故填none。 58.planets 【详解】句意:我们还没有在其他行星上发现生命。根据“We haven’t found life on any other … yet.”结合首字母提示,可知此处表达的是“行星”planet,因为行星不止一个,所以此处应用其复数形式,故填planets。 59.(w)eak 【详解】句意:这个男孩吃太多垃圾食品,而且从不锻炼。他似乎有点虚弱。根据“The boy eats too much junk food and never exercises.”并结合首字母可知,此处使用weak“虚弱的”,形容词,表示“吃得不健康且从不锻炼,所以身体很虚弱”。故填(w)eak。 60.(i)llness 【详解】句意:由于生病,他不得不卧床大约3个月。根据“he has to stay in bed for about 3 months.”可知因为生病需要卧床,illness“生病”,此处用名词单数。故填(i)llness。 61.(t)emperature 【详解】句意:我量了量体温,知道自己发高烧了。根据“I had a high fever.”可知量过体温后知道自己发烧了,take one’s temperature“量体温”。故填(t)emperature。 62.(s)ince 【详解】句意:自从这位作家的第一部小说问世以来,他一直很受欢迎。根据“The writer has been popular…”可知时态是现在完成时,结合首字母提示可知,此处填since“自从”符合语境。故填(s)ince。 63.(a)wful 【详解】句意:她昨天感冒了。她现在感觉很糟糕。feel后接形容词作表语,根据“She caught a cold yesterday”及首字母可知,感冒了会感觉很糟糕,awful“糟糕的”,故填(a)wful。 64.active 【详解】句意:这个小男孩在班上很活跃。他尽力回答每一个问题。根据“He tries his best to answer every question”及首字母,可知,小男孩在班上很活跃,active“积极的,活跃的”,形容词在句中作表语,故填active。 65.members 【详解】句意:在美国,95%的宠物主人认为他们的动物是家庭成员。member“成员”,根据“animals”可知,名词应用复数形式。故填members。 66.pet 【详解】句意:你最好养一只狗当宠物,这样你就不会那么孤独了。本题考查词汇pet,表示“宠物”。根据“a”可知,此处为单数。故填pet。 67.condition 【详解】句意:我祖父母的身体状况都特别好。根据“My grandparents are in excellent...(状况,身体状况).”可知,此处表示祖父母的身体状况都特别好,可用in excellent condition“健康状况特别好”。故填condition。 68.well 【详解】句意:——我今天感觉不好。——你最好躺下来休息一下。根据“You’d better lie down and have a rest.”可知此处是指身体不好,feel well“身体好”。故填well。 69.health 【详解】句意:垃圾食品对你的健康有害。空格在形容词性物主代词后,填名词; health“健康”。故填health。 70.ill 【详解】句意:——你怎么了?——我生病了。ill“生病的”,在句中作表语,故填ill。 71.stomachache 【详解】句意:我肚子痛。我午餐可能吃坏东西了。have a stomachache,表示“肚子痛/胃疼”,固定短语。故填stomachache。 72.fever 【详解】句意:我妹妹发烧了,所以她的体温有点高。fever“发烧”,固定搭配have a fever“发烧”。故填fever。 73.cough 【详解】句意:我昨天咳嗽,现在觉得不舒服。根据中文提示可知,空处应用名词cough“咳嗽”,作宾语。故填cough。 74.for 【详解】句意:我住在阜新已有五十年。根据“I have lived in Fuxin...(达,计) fifty years.”可知,此处表示住在阜新已有五十年,句子是现在完成时,此空后是fifty years,此空应是介词for。故填for。 75.daily 【详解】句意:我们无法想象没有互联网我们的日常生活会是什么样子。形容词修饰名词,根据汉语提示可知,daily符合句意,故填daily。 76.members 【详解】句意:西蒙是我们市足球俱乐部的成员之一。one of后跟可数名词的复数形式,根据汉语提示可知,答案为members。 77.heart 【详解】句意:我妈妈总是告诉我要把精力放在学习上。“put one’s heart into”表达“全神贯注于”。故答案为heart。 78.stomachs 【详解】句意:在一顿丰盛的晚餐之后,他们的肚子完全饱了。根据“were”和所给中文提示可知,空处应填名词复数,作句子主语,stomach“胃,腹部”,可数名词,其复数形式是“stomachs”。故填stomachs。 79.expects 【详解】句意:孙悟空希望学习所有的技能来长寿,他可以打败这么多怪物。期望:expect,根据“he can...”可知句子用一般现在时,主语是Monkey King,谓语动词用单三。故填expects。 80.led 【详解】句意:导游终于把我们带到了那个村庄。“引导”对应英文lead,分析句子可知,时态为一般过去时,lead的过去式为led。故填led。 81.schoolbags 【详解】句意:我们不应该在书包里放太多的书。它们太重了。schoolbag“书包”,根据our可知,此空应填复数形式,故填schoolbags。 82.ugly 【详解】句意:尽管这只鸭子很丑,我们还是很喜欢她。“丑陋的”对应单词ugly。故填ugly。 83.lesson 【详解】句意:大自然给了我们一个教训,所以我们必须保护我们的环境。lesson“教训”,a修饰可数名词单数,故填lesson。 84.cool 【详解】句意:这个男人看起来很酷。根据“looks”可知,空格处应用形容词作表语,“酷的”cool。故填cool。 85.fight 【详解】句意:请永远与坏人战斗。fight“抗击,战斗”,是动词,本句是祈使句,动词应用原形。故填fight。 86.sky 【详解】句意:看天空。很多鸟正在我头上飞。名词sky表示“天空”。故填sky。 87.artist 【详解】句意:他是一个多么棒的艺术家啊!根据括号中文提示,名词artist表示“艺术家”。故填artist。 88.own 【详解】句意:请用你自己的语言描述这些图片。根据“Please describe the pictures in your...words.”可知,此处指的是自己的语言,own“自己的”,是形容词,修饰其后的名词words,作定语,故填own。 89.clever 【详解】句意:这个男孩很聪明,他总是很快地解出数学难题。空格处缺形容词作表语;根据“he always works out difficult maths problems very quickly”可知,男孩很聪明,形容词“clever 聪明的”符合句意,故填clever。 90.smart 91.laugh 92.cartoons 93.humorous 94.handsome 【解析】90.句意:这个男孩非常聪明。他可能又是个爱迪生。 根据“He may be another Edison”可以推测这个男孩非常聪明,smart聪明的,结合句意,故填smart。 91.句意:他的玩笑使所有的学生都笑了。 根据“His joke”可知此处指学生们笑了,make sb do sth使某人做某事,laugh笑,故填laugh。 92.句意:为什么你认为大部分孩子喜欢卡通? cartoon卡通,可数名词。此处没有修饰限定词,所以用名词复数表示类别,故填cartoons。 93.句意:他们幽默的表演使大家突然大笑起来。 此处缺少形容词修饰名词“performance”,humorous幽默的,形容词,结合句意,故填humorous。 94.句意:看那个英俊的男人。他是迈克的叔叔。 此处去缺少形容词修饰名词man,handsome英俊的,形容词,结合句意,故填handsome。 95.invented 96.laugh 97.lead 98.mess 99.private 【解析】95.句意:Bill在20世纪发明了电话。 根据后面的in the 1900s可知,时态是一般过去时,由the telephone和以字母i开头的单词可知,应该是发明,invent意为“发明”,过去式是invented,故填invented。 96.句意:这个幽默的故事让孩子们大笑。 根据所给空前面的made可知,应该填的是动词原形,由The humorous story可知,应该是大笑,laugh意为“大笑”,故填laugh。 97.句意:请跟着导游,她会带我们去颐和园。 根据所给空前面的will可知,应该填的是动词原形,由Please follow the guide可知,应该是带领我们,lead意为“带领”,故填lead。 98.句意:孩子们把浴室弄得一团糟。 根据所给汉语意思可知,应该填的是杂乱,make a mess意为“杂乱”,故填mess。 99.句意:关于它我不会告诉你,因为它是私人谈话。 根据所给汉语意思可知,应该填的是私人的,private意为“私人的”,形容词作定语修饰名词,故填private。 100.yet 【详解】句意:我还没有完成我的家庭作业。由“haven’t”可知,此处用副词yet表示“还,尚”。故填yet。

  • ID:4-19670562 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(牛津译林版)期中专练之现在完成时100题(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    期中语法复习之现在完成时100题 1.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)— Peter, the film _______ for 10 minutes. You missed the first part. — I’m sorry, but the traffic is so busy. A.has ended B.has been over C.has started D.has been on 2.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)My uncle his wife for five years, but they still don’t have a child now. A.married with B.has been married with C.married to D.has been married to 3.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)—Who is knocking on the door? —It ________ Mr. Smith because he ________ Sydney. A.can’t be; has gone to B.may not be; has been to C.mustn’t be; has gone to D.may be; went to 4.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)— Could I use your new bicycle? — Sorry, I _______ it to Alice. She _______ until tomorrow morning. A.have lent; will borrow B.have lent; won’t return C.have borrowed; won’t return D.have borrowed; will lend 5.(23-24八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)He ________ Japan. Moreover, he ________ there for 10 hours. A.has gone to; has been B.has been to; has arrived C.has been to; has gone D.has gone to; has arrived 6.(23-24八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)She ________ her hometown for many years. Nearly no one knows her now. A.left B.has been away from C.has left D.had left 7.(23-24八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)—Have you ________ been to Nanjing, Han Mei? —No, never. I plan to go there this summer holiday. A.ever B.still C.yet D.already 8.(23-24八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)It has been two months _______ my family moved to Lianyungang. A.for B.since C.because D.so 9.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)We ______ each other since I came to Beijing, but we often talk on WeChat. A.don’t see B.didn’t see C.won’t see D.haven’t seen 10.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)My grandparents ______ for over 60 years and they love each other very much. A.have been married B.got married C.have got married D.were married 11.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期末)—Excuse me, where are Mr and Mrs Li? —They ________ Hangzhou for half a year. They moved there in January. A.have gone to B.have been to C.have arrived in D.have been in 12.(22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期末)—Does Jim enjoy his stay in China? —Yes. Not only Jim but also Lucy ________ quite a few wonderful cities since they came to China. A.will visit B.visited C.has visited D.have visited 13.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·期末)—Where’s Mr. Green now? I haven’t seen him for a few days. —He ________ to Shanghai for a meeting. A.goes B.is going C.has been D.has gone 14.(22-23八年级上·江苏盐城·期末)—I can’t find Betty now. —Oh, she with her friends ________ the park to have a picnic. A.has been to B.have gone to C.has gone to D.have been to 15.(23-24八年级上·江苏泰州·期末)Fenghuang Square ________ for about two years, but I ________ there yet. A.has opened; haven’t gone B.has opened; haven’t been C.has been open; haven’t been D.has been open; haven’t gone 16.(23-24八年级上·江苏南通·期末)Mr. Green likes travelling and he ________ lots of places of interest all over the world. A.has gone to B.has been to C.has been in D.has been 17.(22-23八年级上·江苏宿迁·期末)—Why are the windows so dirty? —Because we ________ them for a long time. A.have cleaned B.haven’t cleaned C.didn’t clean D.don’t clean 18.(22-23八年级下·江苏南通·期中)Mr Li ________ Kunming. He ________ the city three times. This time he ________ Kunming for three days. A.has been to; has gone to; has been in B.has gone to; has been to; has been in C.has been in; has been to; has gone to D.has gone to; has been in; has been to 19.(22-23八年级下·江苏南通·期中)—Does Mary know her husband well? —Er, she ________ for 15 years, yet she still doesn’t know what kind of man she ________. A.has been married; has married with B.has got married; married to C.has been married; married D.has married; has married to 20.(22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)—Who’s the girl in the red dress? Is she your elder sister? —No, it ________ her. She ________ Taizhou for a school trip. A.must be; has gone to B.mustn’t be; has been to C.may be; has been in D.can’t be; has gone to 21.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)His brother ________ noodles for breakfast so far, but he ________ bread and milk when he was in the UK. A.used to have; is used to having B.has used to have; is used to having C.has been used to having; used to have D.is used to having; has used to have 22.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)—How long has Mr. White and Mrs. White ________??? —I’m not sure. Maybe they _________ five years ago. A.got married to; got married B.been married to; got married C.got married; married to D.been married; got married 23.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)The girl sitting next to me on the plane is very nervous, for she ________ before. A.isn’t flying B.didn’t fly C.hasn’t flown D.wasn’t flying 24.(22-23八年级下·江苏徐州·阶段练习)—Where did you get the book? —From my cousin. And I have ________ it for two weeks! A.borrowed B.lent C.kept D.bought 25.(22-23八年级下·江苏徐州·阶段练习)My family _________ in Huai’an for ten years. A.lives B.lived C.has lived D.have lived 26.(22-23八年级下·江苏徐州·阶段练习)My father isn’t with us. He has ________ to Shanghai. He _______ there last week. He has _______ there 3 times. A.been; go; been B.gone; went; been C.been; gone; gone D.gone; went; gone 27.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)The film A Plastic Ocean is so amazing that I ________ it twice. A.watched B.have watched C.watch D.will watch 28.(22-23八年级下·江苏扬州·阶段练习)—Where is your father, Jack? —He ________ to New York on business. He ________ the airport at five in the morning. A.has gone; has left for B.has been; has left to C.has gone; left for D.has been; left to 29.(22-23八年级下·江苏扬州·阶段练习)—________ did your uncle leave his hometown? —Twenty years ago. He has been away ________ the end of 2009. A.When; since B.How long; since C.When; at D.How long; at 30.(21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)He ________ Shanghai for three days and he will come back tomorrow. A.has gone to B.has been in C.has been to D.went to 31.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)—I haven’t heard from Henry for a long time. —What do you think ________? A.he has happened B.to happen C.has happened to him D.him to happen 32.(22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·阶段练习)—How long ________ they ________? —Sorry, I don’t know. But I know that Mr Chen is going to ________ a nurse next month. A.did; marry; marry to B.have; been married; marry C.have; got married; marry D.did; get marry; marry with 33.(22-23八年级下·江苏镇江·阶段练习)—Could you ________ me this book please, Daniel? —Sorry, but I ________ it for only half an hour. I haven’t finished it. A.lend; bought B.lend; have had C.borrow; have bought D.borrow; have had 34.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)________, Jim has read five of the Harry Potter series. He has ________ to read. A.So far; more two B.So far; two more C.Until now; two another D.Until then; another two 35.(22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·阶段练习)Tom ________ this dictionary for 10 years. He ________ it in 2013. A.has had; kept B.has borrowed; kept C.has bought; bought D.has kept; bought 36.(21-22八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)—What a nice watch you have! —Yes, I like it very much and I _________ it for ten years. A.bought B.have had C.borrowed D.have bought 37.(21-22八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)—Did your cousin go to Chengdu last summer holiday? —In fact, he _________ Chengdu for five years. A.has gone to B.has been to C.has been in D.went to 38.(21-22八年级下·江苏扬州·期中)I ________ Nanjing for half a year, but I haven’t travelled to many places of interest around it. A.arrived in B.got to C.have arrived in D.have been in 39.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)—How about The Battle at Lake Changjin II? —Great! I _________ it twice. A.watch B.watched C.will watch D.have watched 40.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)—Where are they now? —Everyone except the Blacks ________ to Yancheng. A.has gone B.has been C.have gone D.have been 41.(22-23八年级下·江苏宿迁·阶段练习)My English teacher ________ the Great Wall three times since he came to China. A.has been to B.has been C.has gone to D.has gone 42.(22-23八年级下·江苏镇江·阶段练习)My father ______ my mother when they were both 20 years old, and they ______ for 20 years. A.married; have married B.married with; have been married C.got married with; have married D.married; have been married 43.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)—I haven’t seen Jerry for a long time. Where ______ he ______? —To Nanjing. He’ll stay there until next week. A.has; gone B.has; been in C.has; been to D.has; been 44.(22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·阶段练习)—Jim, how long have you ________ the book? —For a week. I ________ it a week ago. A.bought; bought B.had; bought C.kept; have bought D.had; have bought 45.(22-23八年级下·江苏扬州·阶段练习)Mr Li ________ France for a holiday. He ________ abroad only once. He ________ there for 5 days. A.has gone to; has been; has been B.has been to; has gone; has been C.has gone to; has gone; has been D.has been to; has been; has gone 46.(22-23九年级下·江苏苏州·阶段练习)—The movie The Wandering Earth 2 hits screens these days. —Oh, what a pity! I ________ it yet. A.won’t watch B.didn’t watch C.don’t watch D.haven’t watched 47.(22-23八年级下·江苏宿迁·阶段练习)—Alice, ________ you ever ________ that new film???? —Yes. I ________ it two days ago. A.have; seen; saw B.have; seen; see C.do; see; see D.had; seen; saw 48.(22-23八年级下·江苏宿迁·阶段练习)We have learned English ________ three years ________. That means we’ve learned English ________ three years. A.for; ago; for B.since; ago; for C.for; ago; since D.since; ago; since 49.(22-23八年级下·江苏宿迁·阶段练习)I must return the book to Li Lei. I _________ it for two days. A.keep B.have borrowed C.have kept D.have had 50.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)—How long can we ______ these books? —For two weeks. A.borrow B.lend C.keep D.return 51.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)—How long ________ Simon ________ home? —Since he left school. A.will, be away from B.has, been away from C.did, leave D.has, left 52.(22-23八年级下·江苏无锡·阶段练习)You look unhappy these days. What ________ to you? A.was happening B.have happened C.has happened D.is happening 53.(22-23八年级下·江苏南京·阶段练习)— Are you a basketball player in your class? — Yes. I ________ the team last year. I ________ in the team for one year. A.have joined, have been B.joined, was C.joined, have been D.have joined, was 54.(22-23八年级下·江苏南京·阶段练习)The University ________ its beautiful flowers since the 1990s. A.is famous as B.has been famous for C.was famous for D.has been famous as 55.(22-23八年级下·江苏南京·阶段练习)—Where is Mr Wang? —He ________ Zhuyuwan Park with his students. A.has gone to B.have gone to C.has been to D.have been to 56.(22-23八年级下·江苏盐城·阶段练习)— Is your father in? — No, he ________ out ________ business for three days. A.has gone, for B.has been, on C.went, for D.has gone, on 57.(12-13八年级下·江苏徐州·阶段练习)—My father ________ Shanghai with my grandparents. —Really? ________ will they come back? A.has been to; How soon B.has gone to; How soon C.has been in; How long D.has gone to; How long 58.(21-22八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)—________ your homework yet? —Not yet. I ________ it. A.Are you doing; have done B.Will you do; are going to do C.Have you done; still do D.Have you done; am still doing 59.(21-22八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)—I became a teacher 15 years ________. I have been a teacher ________ 2007. —That means you have taught here ________ about 15 years. A.ago; since; for B.before; for; since C.ago; in; for D.ago; since; after 60.(21-22八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)—How time flies! Several years ________ since we ________ our middle school life. —Yes. We will keep the pleasant experiences in our minds. A.has passed; have started B.has passed; started C.passed; have started D.have passed; will start 61.(21-22八年级下·江苏淮安·期中)Mrs Green has never ________ China before. But she wants to go there some day. A.been in B.gone to C.been at D.been to 62.(21-22八年级下·江苏淮安·期中)I must return the books to the library. I ________ them for three weeks. A.keep B.have kept C.have borrowed D.have lent 63.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)The Greens have been away ________. A.last month B.for a month C.a month ago D.in a month 64.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)The film ________ for more than ten minutes. A.began B.has begun C.has been on D.was beginning 65.(21-22八年级下·江苏扬州·期中)—I ________ Jim recently. —Really? Can you tell me when you ________ last him? A.haven’t seen; will see B.didn’t see; have seen C.didn’t see; saw D.haven’t seen; saw 66.(2017·江苏苏州·二模)—________ did your uncle leave for the capital of Denmark? —Let me see. He ________ for nearly 2 months. A.When; has left B.When; has been away C.How long; has left D.How long; has been away 67.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期中)—Why are the couple not at home today? —They ________ Tibet. That’s the place they dreamt of travelling to before they got married. A.have gone to B.have been to C.have been in D.are going to 68.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期中)—Not only Gu Ailing but also Su Yiming ________ the hero of the young. —Exactly. Both of them ________ interested in skiing since they were still young. A.are; have become B.is; have become C.are; have been D.is; have been 69.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)The Battle at Lake Changjin II ________ for about half an hour. It is really exciting. A.has begun B.has been on C.was on D.will begin 70.(21-22八年级下·江苏盐城·期中)—Where’s Doctor Li? I haven’t seen her recently.??? —She ________ to Shanghai. A.has gone B.is going C.went D.goes 71.(21-22八年级下·江苏淮安·期中)They got married ________ 1960. That means they have been married ________ 1960. A.in; for B.since; for C.in; since D.since; since 72.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期中)Yesterday Andy ________ his dictionary to me, and said I could ________ it for a week. A.lent; borrow B.borrowed; have C.gave; keep D.lent; keep 73.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期中)—Why are you still here? It’s almost eight o’clock. —Because I ________ my work. Don’t worry. There’s only a little left. A.won’t finish B.didn’t finish C.haven’t finished D.is finishing 74.(21-22八年级下·江苏徐州·期中)Millie ________ the book for three weeks. She’ll return it to the library tomorrow. A.lent B.borrowed C.has kept D.has borrowed 75.(21-22八年级下·江苏徐州·期中)—Where is your mother, Tom? —She ________ Shanghai. She will come back next Tuesday. A.has gone to B.has been to C.has been D.has been in 76.(21-22八年级下·江苏徐州·期中)Mary used to be a guide, but she ________ her job and work as a shopkeeper now. A.changed B.will change C.has changed D.is changing 77.(21-22八年级下·江苏常州·期中)His uncle ________ for more than 9 years. A.has lived there B.has started to work C.has come here D.has left school 78.(21-22八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)—Where is your father? —He ________ Beijing and he ________ there for two weeks. A.has gone to; has gone B.has been to; has been C.has gone to; has been D.has been to; has gone 79.(21-22八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)Daniel ________ Lucy in 2010. That is to say, they ________ for 11 years. A.got married with; have got married B.got married to; have married C.married; have been married D.married to; have been married 80.(21-22八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)It ________ four years since my family ________ to Wuxi. A.is, has moved B.has been, has moved C.is, moved D.was, moved 81.(21-22八年级下·重庆渝中·期末)—I haven’t seen your father for a long time. Where has he ________? —He ________ Beijing for a month. He’ll be back next week. A.been;have been in B.gone;have been in C.gone;has been in D.gone;has gone to 82.(21-22八年级下·江苏南通·期末)—How do we start the online tour? —I ________ you. Weren’t you listening? A.tell B.am telling C.will tell D.have told 83.(21-22八年级下·江苏宿迁·期末)My best old friend Beck went abroad with her parents. We ________ each other since then. A.haven’t seen B.have seen C.didn’t see D.don’t see 84.(2022·辽宁丹东·中考真题)— It’s a pity that there is no ticket for sale. — Don’t worry. I _______ the tickets. A.am buying B.buy C.was buying D.have bought 85.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)John has _________ the Birdwatching Club for two months. A.joined B.been a member of C.take part in D.joined in 86.(21-22八年级下·江苏宿迁·期末)—I haven’t seen Eric for several days. He isn’t at home, is he? —No. He ________ Shanghai last week. He ________ Shanghai for the whole week and he will spend two more days there. A.has come to; has been to B.has gone to; has been in C.went to; has gone to D.went to; has been in 87.(21-22八年级下·江苏宿迁·期末)All the students ________ into four groups to do a survey next Sunday. A.are separated B.will separated C.separate D.will be separated 88.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)—When did your father ________ your mother????? — They ________ for 20 years. A.marry; got married B.get married with; have been married: C.marry; have been married D.get married to; have got married 89.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)Hurry up! The concert ________. It ________ for ten minutes. A.has begun; has begun B.has been on; began C.has begun; has been on D.began; has been on 90.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)Which of the following sentences is true? A.The train has left for two hours. B.I don’t know how long you have bought the dictionary. C.He hasn’t joined any clubs since 1990. D.The fish have died for a long time. 91.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)—Look! The man looks like Mr. Li. —It can’t be him. Because he with his family ________ Japan since last week and they haven’t returned. A.has gone to B.have gone to C.have been in D.has been in 92.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)Ten years ________ since they ________ Shanghai. A.have passed; arrived at B.has passed; got to C.passed; reached D.has passed; reached to 93.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)—What a nice watch! How long ________ you ________ it? —For two weeks. A.have; bought B.have; had C.did; buy D.are; having 94.(21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)In the past five years, I ________ English words. A.have learned three thousand B.learned three thousand C.have learned three thousands D.learned thousands of 95.(21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)We _______ Beijing many times, so we know it very well. A.have been in B.went to C.have been to D.have gone to 96.(20-21八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)Meghan Markle, a famous actress, ___________ to Prince Harry for three years and they live a happy life. A.was married B.has married C.has been married D.has got married 97.(20-21八年级下·江苏无锡·期中)—Is Tom at home now? —No, he ___________ the supermarket. But he will come back soon. A.has gone in B.has gone to C.has been in D.has been to 98.(2022·江苏常州·二模)Jim ________ Thailand for honeymoon since he ________ Mary two weeks ago. A.has gone to; married with B.has been in; married C.has gone to; got married to D.has been to; married 99.(21-22八年级下·全国·单元测试)Mike Smith has been in China for fifteen years and he _________ a lot of Chinese friends. A.makes B.made C.has made D.will make 100.(21-22八年级下·江苏苏州·期中)—What’s the best park in the city? —Of course, the Taihu Lake Wetland Park. I ________ that park many times. A.have gone in B.have been in C.have gone to D.have been to 参考答案: 1.D 【详解】句意:——彼得,电影已经结束10分钟了。你错过了第一部分。——对不起,交通太拥挤了。 考查延续性动词和非延续性动词及副词辨析。ended结束,非延续性动词;over结束,副词;started开始,非延续性动词;on开始,副词。根据“for 10 minutes”可知此处应与延续性动词连用,排除A和C;再根据“You missed the first part.”可知,电影已经开始了,只是错过了第一部分,并未接束,排除B。故选D。 2.D 【详解】句意:我叔叔和他的妻子结婚五年了,但他们现在还没有孩子。 考查现在完成时。根据句中时间状语for five years可知,所给句子的时态是现在完成时,选项A/C是过去时,排除;marry是及物动词,marry sb.和某人结婚,所以B选项不正确;固定词组:be/get married to sb.:和某人结婚,只有选项D符合语法规则。故选D。 3.A 【详解】句意:——谁在敲门? ——不可能是史密斯先生,因为他去了悉尼。 考查情态动词和现在完成时。can’t be不可能;may not be可能不;mustn’t be禁止,不允许,may be可能是;have been to曾去过某地现已返回;have gone to已经去了某地尚未返回;went to去,一般过去时。根据“because he ... Sydney.”可知,此处表示史密斯先生去了悉尼还未回来,因此不可能是他在敲门。故选A。 4.B 【详解】句意:——我可以用你的新自行车吗?——抱歉,我已经把它借给Alice了。直到明天早上她才能归还。 考查动词时态以及动词辨析。根据“Sorry”可知,说话人已经将新自行车借给Alice,故第一个空需用现在完成时,结构为:have/has +done。主语为I,助动词需用have,lend sth. to sb.表示“把某物借给某人”,表借出。故第一个空填have lent;再根据“tomorrow morning”可知,本句时态为一般将来时,其结构为:will +动词原形。not...until表示“直到……才”,will not可缩写为won’t,故第二个空填won’t return。故选B。 5.A 【详解】句意:他去了日本。此外,他已经在那里停留了10个小时。 考查动词短语。has gone to去了某地还未回来;has been to去过某地;has arrived到达,短暂性动词。根据“for 10 hours”可知第二空用延续性动词,排除B、C和D。第一空表示去了日本,用has gone to;第二空表示在那停留了十个小时,has been in“在某地待了多长时间”,there为地点副词,其前一般不加介词。故选A。 6.B 【详解】句意:她离开家乡已经很多年了。现在几乎没有人认识她了。 考查现在完成时。根据“for many years”可知,本句是现在完成时,leave是短暂性动词,和一段时间连用,应用延续性动词,be away from符合。故选B。 7.A 【详解】句意:——韩梅,你去过南京吗?——没有,从来没有。我计划这个暑假去那里。 考查副词辨析。ever曾经;still仍然;yet仍然,还;already已经。根据“Have you ... been to Nanjing, Han Mei?”可知,此处指是否曾去过南京,一般疑问句中用ever。故选A。 8.B 【详解】句意:自从我家搬到连云港已经两个月了。 考查连词辨析。for因为,为了,后面加原因;since自从,后面加时间;because因为,后面加原因;so所以,后面加结果。根据“has been”可知,这里是现在完成时,指自从我家搬到连云港已经两个月了。结构是:It has been+一段时间+since“自……以来已有多长时间了”。故选B。 9.D 【详解】句意:自从我来北京后,我们就没见过面,但我们经常在微信上聊天。 考查现在完成时。don’t see是一般现在时;didn’t see是一般过去时;won’t see是一般将来时;haven’t seen是现在完成时。根据“since I came to Beijing,”可知,此处用现在完成时。故选D。 10.A 【详解】句意:我的祖父母已经结婚60多年了,他们彼此非常恩爱。 考查动词的时态。根据“for over 60 years”可知,是持续到现在的动作或状态,用现在完成时(have/has done);get married是短暂性动词短语,应排除,be married表示“已婚”状态,为延续性动词,和for引导的表示一段时间的时间状语连用。故选A。 11.D 【详解】句意:——请问,李夫妇在哪里?——他们已经在杭州待了半年了。他们一月份搬到了那里。 考查延续性动词和非延续性动词的辨析。have gone to去了某地还未回来;have been to去了某地已经回来;has arrived in到达某地;have been in从过去一直持续到现在,一直在某个地方。根据“for half a year”可知,要用延续性动词,AC两项是延续性动词;结合“They moved there in January.”可知现在还在杭州,用have been in。故选D。 12.C 【详解】句意:——吉姆喜欢待在中国吗?——是的。自从他们来到中国以来,不仅吉姆,露西还参观了许多很棒的城市。 考查时态和主谓一致。根据“since...”可知句子用现在完成时“have/has done”;not only...but also连接的成分作主语时,遵循就近原则,根据“Lucy”可知助动词用has。故选C。 13.D 【详解】句意:——格林先生现在在哪里?我有几天没见到他了。——他已经去上海开会了。 考查现在完成时。goes去,一般现在时;is going将要去,一般将来时;has been去过某地已经返回,现在完成时;has gone已经去了某地还没回来,现在完成时。根据“I haven’t seen him for a few days.我有几天没见到他了”可知,他已经去了上海还没有回来。故选D。 14.C 【详解】句意:——我现在找不到贝蒂。——哦,她和朋友去公园野炊了。 考查现在完成时态的have gone to和have been to。has been to主语是三单,表示去过;have gone to主语是复数或第二人称,表示已去,未回;has gone to主语是三单,表示已去,未回;have been to主语是复数或第二人称,表示去过。根据“I can’t find Betty now.”可知,人不在这,所以排除AD,由于主语是she,所以排除B。故选C。 15.C 【详解】句意:凤凰广场已经开放两年了,但我还没有去过那里。 考查延续性动词与非延续性动词。for+一段时间,要与延续性动词一起搭配使用,open作为动词是非延续性动词,be open是延续性动词,所以第一空填has been open。have gone to去了某地(未回来);have been to去过某地(已回来)。根据“but I … there yet”可知,此处表示还未去过那里,第二空应填haven’t been,故选C。 16.B 【详解】句意:格林先生喜欢旅游,他去过世界上许多名胜古迹。 考查现在完成时。have gone to去了(未回);have been to去过(已回);have been in在某地待一段时间。根据题干“lots of places of interest all over the world”可知,格林先生去过世界上许多名胜古迹,应用has been to。故选B。 17.B 【详解】句意:——为什么窗户这么脏?——因为我们很久没有清洗过了。 考查动词时态。have cleaned现在完成时;haven’t cleaned现在完成时,否定;didn’t clean过去时,否定;don’t clean现在时,否定。根据“Why are the windows so dirty”可知因为我们很久没有清洗过了,根据for a long time可知本句用现在完成时。故选B。 18.B 【详解】句意:李先生去昆明了。 他去过这座城市3次了。这次他在昆明已经三天了。 考查现在完成时。has gone to去了某地(没回来);has been to去过某地(回来了);has been in在某地。根据语境,第一空是“去了昆明”(没回来),用has gone to;第二空是“去过昆明三次”,用has been to;第三空是“在昆明三天了”,用has been in。故选B。 19.C 【详解】句意:——玛丽很了解她的丈夫吗?——呃,她结婚15年了,但她仍然不知道自己嫁给了什么样的男人。 考查延续性动词和动词短语。根据“for 15 years”可知,第一空用延续性动词,marry“结婚”对应的延续性动词为be married,排除B和D;第二空处是定语从句,先行词为“man”,表示她嫁给这个男人,marry sb意为“嫁给某人,与某人结婚”,且从句是一般过去时,所以空处用过去式married作谓语。故选C。 20.D 【详解】句意:——那个穿红裙子的女孩是谁?她是你的姐姐吗?——不,不可能是她。她去台州参加学校组织的旅行了。 考查情态动词和现在完成时。must一定;may可能;can’t不可能;mustn’t禁止;has gone to去了某地,现在还没有回来;has been to去过某地,现在已经回来,不在那里了;has been in在某地待了多久时间,通常与“for+时间段”连用。根据“She…Taizhou for a school trip.”可知,第一空是指不可能是她;第二空强调过去的动作对现在造成的影响,时态是现在完成时,由答语“No”可知她人没回来。故选D。 21.C 【详解】句意:到目前为止,他的哥哥已经习惯了早餐吃面条,但他在英国时经常吃面包和牛奶。 考查动词时态及use的用法。used to do sth.“过去常常做某事”;be used to doing sth.“习惯于做某事”。第一空指习惯早餐吃面条,且根据“so far”可知,第一句是现在完成时态,结构是have/has done,故为has been used to having。根据“when he was in the UK.”可知,此处指过去的饮食习惯,故用used to do。故选C。 22.D 【详解】句意:——怀特先生和怀特太太结婚多久了?——我不确定。或许他们是五年前结婚的。 考查延续性动词以及动词时态。how long要与现在完成时连用,且动词要用延续性动词,marry对应的延续性动词是be married;根据five years ago可知,第二空应填动词过去式,故选D。 23.C 【详解】句意:在飞机上坐在我旁边的那个女孩非常紧张,因为她以前没有坐过飞机。 考查动词时态。分析句子可知,女孩之前没坐过飞机,所以现在很紧张,强调过去的动作对现在产生影响,应为现在完成时。故选C。 24.C 【详解】句意:——你从哪里得到的这本书?——从我表姐那。我已经借了两周了。 考查动词辨析。borrowed借;lent借;kept保持;bought买。根据“And I have...it for two weeks!”可知,书已经保留了一段时间了,keep是延续性动词,可以与表示一段时间的状语连用,此句是现在完成时,所以空格处要用kept,故选C。 25.D 【详解】句意:我家在淮安住了十年。根据“for ten years”可知,此句时态为现在完成时。故选D。 26.B 【详解】句意:我父亲没和我们在一起。他去了上海。他上周去了那里。他已经去过那里三次了。 考查时态。have been to去过,已回来;have gone to去了,未回来。根据“He has...to Shanghai”可知他去了上海,还未回来,第一个空用gone;根据“last week”可知此处用一般过去时,动词用过去式;根据“there 3 times”可知是他去过三次,用have been to。故选B。 27.B 【详解】句意:电影《塑料海洋》太棒了,我都看了两遍了。 考查动词时态。根据“I ... it twice.”可知,句子应用现在完成时。故选B。 28.C 【详解】句意:——Jack,你爸爸在哪里?——他已经去纽约出差了。他早上5点钟的时候去了机场。 考查时态。has gone (to)去了;has been (to)到过;left for动身去……;left to留给……。结合问句“Where is your father, Jack?”,可知其答句“He...to New York on business.”应是表示他不在这里,已经去了纽约出差,此空是has gone,排除选项B和D;“He...the airport at five in the morning.”叙述的是过去的事情,时态为一般过去时,此空应是left for,表示去了机场。故选C。 29.A 【详解】句意:——你叔叔是什么时候离开家乡的?——二十年前。他从2009年的年底就已经离开了。 考查特殊疑问句和现在完成时。When什么时候;How long多长时间;since自从;at在。根据答句“Twenty years ago.”可知其对应的疑问句应以when来提问,排除选项B和D;“He has been away...the end of 2009.”为现在完成时,此空应是since,后接时间状语。故选A。 30.B 【详解】句意:他在上海已经三天了,明天会回来。 考查时态。has gone to去了,还未回来;has been in待在某地;has been to去过,已回来;went to去了,过去式。根据“for three days”可知此处和时间段连用,用has been in。故选B。 31.C 【详解】句意:——我很长时间没有亨利的消息了。——你觉得他出了什么事? 考查动词时态。分析句子结构,根据“I haven’t heard from Henry for a long time”可知,强调过去对现在造成的影响,用现在完成时,排除B和D选项。sth happen to sb“某人发生了某事”,故选C。 32.B 【详解】句意:——他们结婚多久了?——抱歉我不知道。但是我知道陈先生下个月要和一个护士结婚。 考查动词时态以及动词marry的用法。marry结婚,短暂性动词;been married已经结婚,延续性动词;got married结婚了,短暂性动词;get marry错误表达。how long要与现在完成时连用,且动词要用延续性动词,排除ACD三个选项。marry sb“与某人结婚”,故选B。 33.B 【详解】句意:——丹尼尔,你能把这本书借给我吗?——抱歉,我才买了半个小时。我还没看完。 考查动词辨析及动词时态。lend借出;borrow借入。根据“Could you…me this book please”可知,此处表示把书借给我,lend sb. sth.意为“借某人某物”;“for+一段时间”要与现在完成时连用,结构为“have/has done”,且必须用延续性动词,动词buy的延续性动词为have,故选B。 34.B 【详解】句意:到目前为止,Jim已经读了五本《哈利波特》系列的书,他还有两本可以读。 考查副词短语和数词。so far目前为止;until now到现在为止;until then直到那时(与过去完成时连用);more two错误表达;two more还有两本;two another错误表达;another two另外两本,还有两本。根据“...Jim has read five of the Harry Potter series.”可知,该句时态为现在完成时,其时间状语可用so far/until now,排除选项D;而当数词与more/another连用时,数词应放在more之前,another之后,所以此句“He has...to read.”的空处应是two more。故选B。 35.D 【详解】句意:汤姆把这本字典保存了10年。他是在2013年买的。 考查延续性动词和动词辨析。根据“for 10 years”可知,第一空用延续性动词,borrow和buy都是非延续性动词,排除B和C。keep保留;buy买。根据“…it in 2013.”可知,是2013年买的字典。故选D。 36.B 【详解】句意:——你的表太好看了。——是的,我非常喜欢它,而且我已经拥有这块手表十年了。 考查动词时态。bought买,过去式;have had已经拥有,现在完成时,延续性动词;borrowed借,过去式,have bought已经买,现在完成时,非延续性动词。根据“for ten years”可知此处时态应用现在完成时,谓语动词用延续性动词。故选B。 37.C 【详解】句意:——你的表弟去年暑假去成都了吗?——事实上,他在成都已经五年了。 考查时态。根据“for five years”可知,句子时态应使用现在完成时,且此处表示状态,应使用has been in结构。故选C。 38.D 【详解】句意:我在南京待了半年,但周边很多名胜古迹我还没去过。 考查动词短语。arrived in到达;got to到达;have arrived in已经到达;have been in已经待在。根据“for half a year”可知,句子时态为现在完成时,空处应用延续性动词与时间段连用,而arrive in, get to是短暂性动词短语。故选D。 39.D 【详解】句意:——《长津湖II》怎么样?——很好!我已经看过两次了。 考查时态。根据“twice”可知此处表示过去的动作对现在的影响,用现在完成时have/has done。故选D。 40.A 【详解】句意:——他们现在在哪里?——除了布莱克一家人之外,大家都去了盐城。 考查现在完成时和主谓一致。have/has gone to“去了某地(还没有回来)”;have/has been to“去过某地(已经回来)”。根据“Where are they now?”可知,大家都去了盐城,尚未返回,排除B和D;根据“Everyone except the Blacks”可知,except连接两个并列主语时,遵循“就远一致”原则,everyone是第三人称单数,所以助动词使用has。故选A。 41.A 【详解】句意:自从我的英语老师来中国以来,他已经去过长城三次了。 考查现在完成时。has been to“去过某地,且已回来”;has gone to“去了某地,还未回来”。根据“My English teacher...the Great Wall three times since he came to China.”可知,老师去过长城,已回来。故选A。 42.D 【详解】句意:我的父母在他们二十岁时结婚,他们结婚已经二十年了。 考查现在完成时延续性动词。短语“和某人结婚”用marry sb,marry是短暂性动词,用于现在完成时且表示动作延续时要变为have/has been married。根据“when they were both 20 years old”可知第一空用短动作;根据“for 20 years.”可知要用长动作。故选D。 43.A 【详解】句意:——很久没见到杰瑞了,他去哪里了?——去南京了,他将在那里待到下周。 考查现在完成时。have been to“去过”,已经回来;have gone to'“去了”,还没有回来。根据“I haven’t seen Jerry for a long time.”可知,这里表示“去了”,还没有回来,用have gone to,主语是“he”,谓语动词用has,且“where”是疑问副词,介词to省略。故选A。 44.B 【详解】句意:——吉姆,你有这本书多久了?——一周了。我一周前买的。 考查延续性动词与非延续性动词。根据“how long”可知此处表示一段时间的时间状语,与have或keep搭配,第一空要用延续性动词,排除选项A;第二空根据“a week ago”是表示一般过去时态的时间状语,动词“buy”的过去式是“bought”。故选B。 45.A 【详解】句意:李先生去法国度假了。他只去过国外一次。他已经在那里呆了5天了。 考查现在完成时。has gone to表示去了某地,人未回来;has been(to)表示去过某个地方,不过现在已经回来了,常与once、twice等表示频率的词组连用;has been (in)指的是在某个地方,从过去一直延续到现在,常与表示时间段词组连用。第一句表示去法国度假,人没有回来,用has gone to;第二句中有频率副词“only once”可知用has been (to),abroad是副词,省略了介词to,表示去过国外一次了;第三句中有“for 5 days”可知,用“has been (in)”,there 是副词,省略了介词in。故选A。 46.D 【详解】句意:——电影《流浪地球2》最近上映。——太遗憾了!我还没看呢。 考查时态。由句中“yet”知,此句应用现在完成时,表示还没有看这部电影,其构成为“has/have+过去分词”,故选D。 47.A 【详解】句意:——爱丽丝,你看过那部新电影吗?——是的。我两天前看到的。 考查动词时态。根据“ever”可知问句应为现在完成时,排除选项C和D;根据“two days ago”可知答句为一般过去时,排除选项B。故选A。 48.B 【详解】句意:自从三年前我们就开始学英语了。那意味着我们学三年英语了。 考查介词和连词。根据“have learned”及“we’ve learned”可知题干中两句话都是现在完成时态。since自“从……以来”,后面加一个过去的时间点,表示一段时间,与现在完成时连用;three years ago“三年前”,表示过去的时间点;介词for后面加一段时间,与现在完成时态连用,结合题干可知,只有B项符合。故选B。 49.C 【详解】句意:我必须把书还给李雷。我已经借了两天了。 考查动词辨析和现在完成时。keep借,保存,延续性动词;borrow借入,瞬间性动词;have有,延续性动词,用来替换buy。根据“for two days.”可知,本句是现在完成时,且与延续性动词连用,可排除AB选项;再根据“I must return the book to Li Lei.”可知,此处是指书已经借了两天了。故选C。 50.C 【详解】句意:——这些书我们可以借多久?——两个星期。 考查动词辨析。borrow借入;lend借出;keep保留;return返回。how long要与延续性动词一起连用,四个选项中只有keep是延续性动词,故选C。 51.B 【详解】句意:——西蒙离开家多久了?——自从他离开学校。 考查现在完成时。根据“Since he left school.”可知,这里应该用现在完成时,排除A/C;句中的leave是非延续性动词,不能与since引导的时间状语连用,可以用be away from代替。故选B。 52.C 【详解】句意:这些天你看起来不高兴。你怎么了? 考查动词时态。根据“You look unhappy these days”可知发生的事情应该是在过去,而且对现在造成了影响:“看起来不高兴”,所以应用现在完成时,what作主语,助动词应用has,故选C。 53.C 【详解】句意:——你是你们班的篮球运动员吗?——是的。我去年加入了这个队。我在队里已经一年了。 考查动词时态。根据“last year”可知,时态是一般过去时,第一空应为动词过去式joined。根据“for one year”可知,第二句是现在完成时,且与一段时间连用,第二空应为延续性动词,结构是have/has done。故选C。 54.B 【详解】句意:自20世纪90年代以来,这所大学就以其美丽的花朵而闻名。 考查时态及短语辨析。be famous as作为……而出名;be famous for以……而闻名。本句指这所大学以美丽的花朵而闻名,故用be famous for。根据“since the 1990s.”可知,since+过去时间,主句应为现在完成时态,结构是has/have done。故选B。 55.A 【详解】句意:——王老师在哪儿?——他和学生们一起去了茱萸湾公园。 考查现在完成时。has/have gone to去了某地,还未回来;has/have been to去了某地,已经回来。根据“Where is Mr Wang?”可知,此处指去了公园,还没有回来,且主语He是第三人称单数,应用助动词has。故选A。 56.B 【详解】句意:——你父亲在吗?——不,他已经出差三天了。 考查时态和动词短语。on business“出差”,固定短语,第二空填on,排除A和C;根据“for three days”可知,谓语需用延续性动词,has gone是非延续性动词,排除D。故选B。 57.B 【详解】句意:——我的爸爸和我的爷爷奶奶去了上海。——真的吗?他们多久会回来? 考查现在完成时和特殊疑问句。How soon 多久,一般对将来时间进行提问;How long多长,一般对时间长短进行提问;has been to 是已经去过某处,并且已经回来了;has gone to 是已经去了某处,但是到目前为止还没有回来;has been in 待在某地。结合“will they come back”可知表示去了某地用have/has gone to,主语“my father”为第三人称单数,用has;结合“will they come back”可知是询问多久之后,用how soon提问,故选B。 58.D 【详解】句意:——你做完作业了吗?——还没有。我仍然在做。 考查时态。根据“yet”可知此处用现在完成时have/has done,排除AB;根据“Not yet. I...it”可知还没有完成,现在正在做,用现在进行时be doing。故选D。 59.A 【详解】句意:——15年前我成为了一名教师。自从2007年以来我一直是老师。——这意味着你已经在这里教了大约15年了。 考查介词用法。根据动词“became”可知时态为一般过去时,15 years ago“十五年前”,是表示过去的时间短语;根据“have been”可知时态为现在完成时,since+过去时间点,表示一段时间,与现在完成时态连用;根据“about 15 years”可知for+一段时间,与现在完成时态连用。故选A。 60.B 【详解】句意:——时光飞逝!自从我们开始中学生活已经过去几年了。——是的。我们会把愉快的经历留在我们的脑海里。 考查时态。根据since可知,此处指从过去某一时间开始延续至今,主句现在完成时,从句一般过去时。故选B。 61.D 【详解】句意:格林夫人以前从未去过中国。但她想有一天去那里。 考查动词短语。have been in待在……,后接大地点;have gone to去了;have been at待在……,后接小地点;have been to去过。根据“But she wants to go there some day.”和“never”可知,格林夫人是从没有去过中国,故选D。 62.B 【详解】句意:我必须把书还给图书馆。我已经借了三个星期了。 考查谓语动词的时态。根据时间状语“for three weeks”可知,句子应用现在完成时,构成形式为:have/has done,故排除A项;时间状语是时间段,动词要延续性动词,borrow和lend均为非延续性动词,故排除C、D项。故选B。 63.B 【详解】句意:格林一家已经离开一个月了。 考查现在完成时。last month上个月,一般用于过去时;for a month一个月,一般用于现在完成时;a month ago一个月以前,一般用于过去时;in a month一个月后,在一个月内,一般用于将来时时。此句是现在完成时,应用“for+时间段”结构,故选B。 64.C 【详解】句意:这部电影已经放映十多分钟了。 考查现在完成时。根据时间状语“for more than ten minutes”可知,此句应用现在完成时,且应用延续性动词,begin是瞬间动词,be on是延续性动词,表示动作的持续进行,与一段时间连用。故选C。 65.D 【详解】句意:——我最近没见到吉姆。——真的吗?你能告诉我你上次见到他是什么时候吗? 考查动词时态。第一句根据“recently”可知句子是现在完成时,排除BC选项;第二句根据“when you...last him”可知上一次见面是发生在过去,应用一般过去时。故选D。 66.B 【详解】句意:——你叔叔什么时候前往丹麦的首都的呢?——让我看看。他已经离开近2个月了。 考查特殊疑问句及延续性动词。when什么时候;how long多久。根据“for nearly 2 months.”可知,空二应用延续性动词,left为leave的过去分词,是短暂性动词,故排除AC选项;空一由“leave”可知,how long不与短暂性动词连用,因此用when引导特殊疑问句。故选B。 67.A 【详解】句意:——为什么这对夫妇今天不在家?——他们去西藏了。那是他们结婚前梦想去的地方。 考查现在完成时。have gone to去了某地(还未回来);have been to去过某地(已经回来了);have been in待在某个地方;are going to将要……。根据“Why are the couple not at home today?”可知,夫妇不在家,说明是去了某地还未回来,应用have gone to。故选A。 68.D 【详解】句意:——不仅谷爱凌,而且苏翊鸣也是年轻人心目中的英雄。——是的。他们两人从小就对滑雪感兴趣。 考查主谓一致及延续性动词。not only...but also...连接两个主语时,谓语动词采取就近一致原则,因此由“Su Yiming”可知,谓语用单数,排除选项AC;由“since they were still young”可知,空二用现在完成时,且为延续性动词,become为短暂性动词,故排除B。故选D。 69.B 【详解】句意:《长津湖之水门桥》已经进行了大约半小时。这真的很令人兴奋。 考查时态。根据“for about half an hour”可知句子是现在完成时,只能与延续性动词连用。故选B。 70.A 【详解】句意:——李医生在哪里?我最近没见过她。——她去了上海。 考查动词时态。根据“I haven’t seen her recently.”可知李医生去了上海,还没有回来,应用have gone to表示“去了(未回)”。故选A。 71.C 【详解】句意:他们于1960年结婚。这意味着他们从1960年就结婚了。 考查介词用法。in后加某年某月某季节;since自从;for后加一段时间。第一个句子用了一般过去时,所以设空处表示“在1960年”,用介词in;第二个句子用了现在完成时,后加时间点,所以设空处表示“自从1960年以来”,应该用since,故选C。 72.D 【详解】句意:昨天安迪把他的字典借给我了,说我可以借一周。 考查动词辨析。lend借出去;borrow借进来;keep持有,延续性动词。根据语义可知,安迪把字典“借出去”,且动作发生在过去,用一般过去时,第一空为lent;根据时间状语for a week“一周”可知,此处为一段时间,用延续性动词keep。故选D。 73.C 【详解】句意:——你为什么仍然在这里?差不多八点钟了。——因为我还没有完成我的工作。不要担心。只剩下一点点了。 考查时态现在完成时。根据语义可知,此处“未完成工作”这一动作对现在产生影响,用现在完成时,结构为have/has+过去分词,主语为I,助动词用have。故选C。 74.C 【详解】句意:米莉借了这本书已经有三周了。明天她要把书还给图书馆。 考查含for的现在完成时和延续性动词。lent把……借给(lend的过去式和过去分词);borrowed借,借进(borrow的过去式和过去分词);has kept已经持有,keep为延续性动词;has borrowed已经借入,borrow为非延续性动词。根据“for three weeks”可知句子采用现在完成时,其谓语结构为:have/has+过去分词,谓语动词应用延续性动词keep表示“持有”。故选C。 75.A 【详解】句意:——汤姆,你妈妈在哪里?——她到上海去了。下周二她会回来。 考查have been to(或in)/have gone to区别。has gone to到某地去了;has been to曾经到过;has been已经;has been in待在某个地方,去过某个地方。根据“She will come back next Tuesday.”可知,她下周二会回来,说明现在去了某地还没有回来,应有have gone to来表示“到某地去了”。故选A。 76.C 【详解】句意:玛丽曾经是一名导游,但她已经换了工作,现在做了一名店主。 考查现在完成时。根据“and work as a shopkeeper now”可知,她已经换了工作,对现在的影响就是她做了一名店主。句子应用现在完成时,其谓语结构为:have/has+过去分词。故选C。 77.A 【详解】句意:他的叔叔已经在那居住九年多了。 考查现在完成时的用法。根据句中“for more than 9 years”可知,此题时态为现在完成时,其结构为have/has done。主语是His uncle,所以使用has。又因为come,start和leave 都是短暂性动词,不能跟一段时间连用,排除BCD。live是延续性动词,能跟一段时间连用。故选A。 78.C 【详解】句意:——你父亲在哪里?——他去了北京,在那里已经两个星期了。 考查have been/gone to/in区别。have been to去过某地(人已经回来);have gone to去了某地(人未回来);have been in后接一段时间,到达某地待了多久了。空一表示“去了北京”,应用have gone to,可排除B/D选项;空二表示“在北京待了两周”,且空后there为副词,其前应省略介词in。故选C。 79.C 【详解】句意:丹尼奥在2010年跟露西结婚了,他们已经结婚11年了。 考查延续性动词和时态。“和某人结婚”可用get married to sb或marry sb。排除A、D;根据“Daniel…Lucy in 2010. That is to say, they…for 11 years.”可知,第一个句子时间状语 in 2010,句子用一般过去时;第二个句子时间状语for 11 years,句子要与持续性动词一起连用,get married是短暂性动词,其对应的持续性动词是be marry,所以第二个空格填have been married。故选C。 80.C 【详解】句意:我家人搬到无锡已经有四年了。 考查since用法。since自从,引导时间状语从句时,从句用一般过去时,故排除AB;主句用现在完成时或一般现在时,构成It is +一段时间+since+从句。故选C。 81.C 【详解】句意:——好久没见到你的父亲了。他去哪儿了?——他在北京已经呆了一个月了。他下周回来。 考查现在完成时态。根据“He’ll be back next week”可知父亲不在说话现场,故询问他去哪儿了;结合“has”可知,第一空填gone。根据“He’ll be back next week.”可知,第二空所在句为现在完成时态,其结构为:have/has +过去分词。固定结构:has gone to“去了”,has been in“在……呆了一段时间”。主语He是第三人称单数,故助动词应用has。故选C。 82.D 【详解】句意:——我们怎么开始线上旅行?——我已经告诉过你。你难道没听? 考查动词时态。根据“Weren’t you listening?”可知,事情已经发生,强调过去动作对现在的影响,用现在完成时。故选D。 83.A 【详解】句意:我最好的老朋友贝克和她的父母去了国外。自那以后我们再也没有见过了。 考查现在完成时。根据“since then”可知,时态使用现在完成时,故排除C、D;又根据“My best old friend Beck went abroad with her parents”可知,朋友去了国外,应该是再也没有见面了。故选A。 84.D 【详解】句意:——很遗憾没有票出售了。——别担心。我已经买票了。 考查时态。根据“Don’t worry.”可知别担心,因为已经买票了,过去对现在的影响,用现在完成时。故选D。 85.B 【详解】句意:约翰已经加入观鸟俱乐部两个月了。 考查延续性动词和非延续动词。joined“加入”;been a member of“是……的一员”;take part in“参加”;joined“加入”。根据“for two months”可知,此处要用延续性动词,ACD选项均为瞬间动词,故此处只能用been a member of。故选B。 86.D 【详解】句意:——我几天没有看见埃里克了。他不在家,是吗?——是的。他上周去上海了。他已经去上海一整周了并且他将在那再度过两天。 考查一般过去时和have been to、have gone to和have been in的辨析。have been to去过某地;have been in去了某地,后续时间段;have gone to去了某地。根据“for the whole week”可知第二空应填have been in,而主语he为第三人称单数,助动词应用has;根据“last week”可知第一空应用一般过去时,故选D。 87.D 【详解】句意:下周日所有的学生将被分成四组做一个调查。 考查一般将来时的被动语态。根据“next Sunday”可知应用一般将来时,而主语All the students和谓语动词separate“分开”是逻辑上的动宾关系,所以应用被动语态,而一般将来时的被动语态的谓语结构为“will+be+done”,故选D。 88.C 【详解】句意:——你的爸爸什么时候和你妈妈结的婚?——他们已经结婚二十年了。 考查marry的用法。表示“和某人结婚”对应的英文表达是“marry sb”或“get married to sb”。故排除B项;根据“for 20 years”可知应用可持续性动词,故排除A和D项。故选B。 89.C 【详解】句意:快点!音乐会已经开始了,它已经开始十分钟了。 考查现在完成时。根据“for ten minutes”可知第二空要用可持续性动词,begin是短暂性动词;be on是延续性动词,故排除AB;第一空表示“已经开始”应用现在完成时,故选C。 90.C 【详解】句意:下列哪个句子是对的? 考查可持续性动词。与一段时间连用应用可持续性动词。A项“for two hours.”,B项“how long”,D项“for a long time.”都是一段时间,其对应的动词应用延续性动词,“left for”,“have bought”及“have died”都是非延续性动词,故排除ABD。而since用于否定句时,主句的谓语动词可以是非延续性动词,C项正确。故选C。 91.D 【详解】句意:——看!这个人看起来像李先生。——不可能是他。因为他和他的家人从上周起就一直在日本,他们还没有回来。 考查现在完成时的用法。have gone to去了(未回);have been in在某地待一段时间。根据“since last week and they haven’t returned.”可知提示此处应用延续性动词,排除AB选项。此句的主语是he,助动词用has,故选D。 92.B 【详解】句意:他们到上海已经十年了。 考查主谓一致和现在完成时的用法。主语为“Ten years”,当时间作主语时,应把这段时间看成一个整体,谓语动词用单数,排除A选项。根据“since ”可知句子时态是现在完成时,排除C选项。reach是及物动词,后不需要加to,故选B。 93.B 【详解】句意:——多好看的手表啊!你买多久了?——两个星期了。 考查时态。根据“How long”以及“For two weeks”可知句子应用现在完成时have/has done,排除C、D;且与时间段连用用延续性动词,而bought是非延续性动词,排除A。故选B。 94.A 【详解】句意:在过去的五年里,我学了三千个英语单词。 考查动词时态和数词。根据句中“In the past five years”可知,该句要用现在完成时,其构成为have/ has done,排除B和D;thousand前面有基数词时,不用复数。故选A。 95.C 【详解】句意:我们去过北京很多次,所以对北京很了解。 考查动词时态。have been in在某地,表示状态;went to一般过去时态;have been to去过某地,已回来;have gone to去了某地,还未回来。根据“We...Beijing many times, so we know it very well”可知,应该是去过某地,故选C。 96.C 【详解】句意:著名女演员梅根·马克尔与哈里王子结婚三年,他们过着幸福的生活。 考查动词时态。根据“for three years”可知,句子使用现在完成时,跟一段时间连用,谓语动词使用延续性动词,排除A选项;marry和get married是瞬间动词,排除BD选项。故选C。 97.B 【详解】句意:——Tom现在在家吗?——不,他去了超市。但是他很快会回来的。 考查现在完成时。has been to去过某地,已经回来;has gone to去过某地,还没回来;has been in在某地。根据“Is Tom at home now?”和“But he will come back soon.”可知Tom去了超市还没回来,用has gone to。故选B。 98.B 【详解】句意:自从他在两周前和Mary结婚那时起,Jim就在泰国度蜜月。 考查现在完成时和动词的词义辨析。has gone to表示“已经过某个地方”,人还没有回来;has been to表示“已经到过某地”,人已经回来了;has been in表示“已经在某个地方”,说明人就在那个地方;marry sb.表示“和某人结婚”;marry with错误格式;get married to表示“和某人结婚”。根据“Thailand for honeymoon”可知,Jim现在就在泰国度蜜月第一空has been in符合句意;根据“since”可知,用过去时态,故选B。 99.C 【详解】句意:迈克·史密斯来中国15年了,他结交了许多中国朋友。 考查动词时态。上文“Mike Smith has been in China for fifteen years”是现在完成时,根据and并列成分和时态要一致的原则可知此处也用现在完成时。故选C。 100.D 【详解】句意:——这个城市最好的公园是什么?——当然是太湖湿地公园。 我去过那个公园很多次了。 考查have been to与have gone to区别。have gone to去了某地(未回来);have been to去过某地(已回来);have been in待在某地。根据“many times”可知,之前去过许多次,现在已经回来,故选D。

  • ID:4-19670544 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(人教版)期中专练-首字母填词100题(Unit1-5)(易错词汇)(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    首字母填词100题(Unit1-5) 1.Playing this game m wasting time. 2.The thief was caught putting his hand into the pocket of a p on the bus. 3.I have got a t , so I must go to see a dentist. 4.He will have to watch his diet because of his serious s problem. 5.—Mom, I feel terrible. I think I have a f . —OK. I’ll take you to the doctor at once. 6.The boy 1 down and took a good rest in the sitting room. 7.I fell down and hurt my k . So I couldn’t walk well. 8.The doctors are always ready to help the s people. 9.Xiao Fang introduced h to her new students in English in the first lesson. 10.You look sad. What’s the m with you? 11.The n always treats the sick and wounded with kindness. 12.I had t remembering new words, so I asked my teacher for help. 13.His father is a hotel manager and he is in c of the whole hotel. 14.We often use the k to cut up vegetables. 15.He fell down from the tree and h his legs. 16.— I’m very tired. — Why not stop to have a r ? 17.Mary has a sore throat and she c last night. She should drink some hot tea with honey. 18.I think giraffes have the longest n in the world. 19.We all know monkeys are good c . 20.Mr. Smith is in a difficult s . 21.—A group of Asian elephants made a long j to the north. —Yes. Even the scientists don’t know where they’re going or why. 22.—Our country is becoming s and rich. —You are right. 23.—I found a lost dog in the street. —Is it black and white? Its o must be Mr. Smith. 24.Please look at the s “No Smoking”over there. 25.The old man lives alone, so sometimes he feels l . 26.Though Helen Keller was b , she wrote many outstanding works, such as Three Days to See and The Story of My Life. 27.There is something wrong with my iPad. Who can r it for me? 28.She can’t hear what we say. She is d . 29.My younger sister is very sad. Let’s go and c her up. 30.I didn’t n you carrying a box when you came in. 31.They leave their daughter a in the house on weekdays. 32.I had such a strong f for music. 33.We can’t i how a blind man is able to do it well. 34.If you want to be a v to help others, you can help look after the children here. 35.I can’t u what you’re saying. Could you speak more slowly? 36.What a c boy! He worked out such a difficult math problem. 37.5G, as a new global network after 3G and 4G, will certainly c our life in many ways. 38.You can spread j and happiness with a bright smile. It’s one of the best gifts that you can give to others. 39.Sometimes we may have some d in our life. We can ask someone for help. 40.They wanted to r some money for the students in a poor village. 41.Helen is so smart that she can p the tests easily. 42.I can l my dictionary to you, but you must return it to me next week. 43.Karen b a storybook from one of her friends yesterday because she likes reading. 44.The boy h eating rice day after day. He wants to eat something else. 45.It’s boring to doing the same c for a long time. 46.She wants to f her clothes. 47.—Wow, the classroom is so clean. —We s the floor just half an hour ago. 48.Sally doesn’t like singing. N do I. 49.Don’t t the book. Put it on the desk carefully. 50.N of them went to the park last Sunday. 51.Government has p children in poor areas with food for free since 2011. 52.The r goes bad. You should take it out. 53.What a m ! You made your room so dirty. Please clean it up. 54.The cup d down and got broken. 55.Many children d on their parents completely. 56.Our school p textbooks for students for free. 57.Janet studies hard in o to pass the math exam. 58.We shouldn’t w time or money on the boring thing. 59.The man didn’t realize the importance of health until he got seriously i . 60.Growing up is hard for everyone. Laura has to face lots of s as a teenager. 61.My parents don’t a me to play computer games for a long time. 62.It’s wrong for parents to c their children with other children. 63.If you are feeling so tired, p a little sleep would help. 64.When he was 12, his father suddenly went c and killed his one-year-old sister. 65.You will really get into trouble when you can’t e the whole thing clearly to the police. 66.The young girl sitting next to me on the plane is very n . She hasn’t flown before. 67.She was such a proud person that she would die rather than admit(承认)she was w . 68.I didn’t agree with her, so I a with her last night. 69.Can you e why you arrived late for school this morning? 70.Don’t forget to r my dictionary tomorrow. I will use it. 71.My e brother is two years older than me. 72.Boys and girls, you can eat w you like there. 73.There are lots of c in the sky. I think it’s going to rain. 74.—Mom, my little sister made my room in a mess. —It’s not a big d . After all, she is only three years old. 75.—Where is our English teacher now? —Hmm, I g she’s in the sports club but I’m not sure. 76.There is something w with my computer. 77.Although the storm broke many things apart, it b families and neighbors closer together. 78.—Cooking helps us show love for family m . —I couldn’t agree more. Every time I make dishes for Mum, she is very happy. 79.I want to know your o about this thing. 80.He goes to school as u . 81.What do you think of the basketball m last night? 82.She sat there in s with tears in her eyes. 83.I hope you don’t mind my opening the w . 84.We s heard somebody calling for help in the forest. 85.—Is Professor Johnson giving a r in the hall? —No, it can’t be him. He has gone to Japan. 86.After one night of wind, there are many f flowers on the ground. 87.Even though it rains h , they may also go out. 88.The sun gives us its warmth and l . 89.Read the p and choose the correct answer. 90.Keep studying hard, and you will r your dream. 91.The school has over 400 p and 30% of them come from the village. 92.He was too tired, so he fell a sitting on the chair. 93.There are many kinds of w growing in this forest. 94.Our team b other teams in the football game yesterday. 95.We all know that the sun r in the east and sets in the west. 96.The heavy rain beat a the windows. 97.The Eiffel T is a symbol of France. Many people like taking photos there. 98.Many children don’t know the d of their parents’ birthday. 99.I’m so busy that I c forgot that it’s his birthday today. 100.The t about something is all the facts about it, rather than things that are imagined or invented. 参考答案: 1.(m)eans 【详解】句意:玩这个游戏意味着浪费时间。根据“Playing this game...wasting time”及首字母提示可知,这里指玩这个游戏意味着浪费时间,mean意为“意味着”,动名词作主语,谓语动词用单三形式,故填(m)eans。 2.(p)assenger 【详解】句意:小偷在公共汽车上把手伸进一位乘客的口袋时被抓住了。根据“The thief was caught putting his hand into the pocket of a …on the bus”及首字母可知,小偷把手伸进公交车上的一位乘客,passenger“乘客”,根据a可知,此空应填单数名词,故填(p)assenger。 3.(t)oothache 【详解】句意:我牙疼,所以必须去看牙医。根据题干中“...see a dentist.”看牙医以及首字母提示,可知我牙疼,因此toothache符合题意。故填(t)oothache。 4.(s)tomach 【详解】句意:他得注意饮食,因为他的胃病很严重。根据首字母以及“He will have to watch his diet”可知,需要注意饮食,原因是胃病严重,stomach“胃”,故填(s)tomach。 5.(f)ever 【详解】句意:——妈妈,我感觉很糟糕。我想我发烧了。——好的。我马上带你去看医生。根据“I’ll take you to the doctor at once.”和首字母可推知是发烧了。have a fever“发烧”,固定短语。故填(f)ever。 6.(l)ay 【详解】句意:这个男孩在客厅躺着好好休息一下。根据“took a good rest”和首字母提示可知,考查“lie down”短语。“and”连接并列谓语,后面“took”是一般过去时,故“lie”也用一般过去时“lay”。故填(l)ay。 7.(k)nee/(k)nees 【详解】句意:我摔倒弄伤了膝盖,所以我不能正常走路了。根据“So I couldn’t walk well.”和首字母提示可知是膝盖受伤了,应填knee/knees,故填(k)nee/(k)nees。 8.(s)ick 【详解】句意:医生们总是随时准备帮助病人。根据常识和“The doctors are always ready to help the …people.”可知是,帮助病人,sick people“病人”。故填(s)ick。 9.(h)erself 【详解】句意:小芳在第一节课上用英语向新学生们做自我介绍。根据“introduced…to her new students”可知是她介绍自己,空格处应用反身代词,结合首字母提示可知应填herself,故填(h)erself。 10.(m)atter 【详解】句意:你看起来很伤心。你怎么了?what’s the matter“怎么了”,是固定表达,根据“You look sad”可知在问怎么了,空格处应填matter,故填(m)atter。 11.(n)urse 【详解】句意:这位护士总是善待伤病员。根据“...treats the sick and wounded...”和首字母提示可知,善待病人和伤员的是护士,nurse“护士”,可数名词;此处特指善待伤病员的这位护士,应用单数名词。故填(n)urse。 12.(t)rouble 【详解】句意:我很难记住生词,所以我向老师求助。根据首字母提示和“so I asked my teacher for help”可知,记生词遇到了困难,have trouble (in) doing sth.“做某事有困难”,固定短语。故填(t)rouble。 13.(c)ontrol 【详解】句意:他的父亲是一名酒店经理,他掌管着整个酒店。根据“His father is a hotel manager”结合首字母提示可知此处为介词短语“in control of”意为“管理,掌握”。故填(c)ontrol。 14.(k)nife 【详解】句意:我们经常用刀切蔬菜。根据首字母提示和常识可知用刀切菜,knife“刀”符合题意。故填(k)nife。 15.(h)urt 【详解】句意:他从树上摔下来,伤了腿。根据“fell down from the tree”可知此处指“伤了腿”,hurt“受伤”;结合and并列成分的时态要一致的原则,可知填过去式。故填(h)urt。 16.(r)est 【详解】句意:—— 我很累。—— 为什么不停下来休息一下?根据首字母提示和“I’m very tired.”可知,建议停下来休息,rest“休息”符合题意,have a rest“休息一下,休息一会儿”,固定短语。故填(r)est。 17.(c)oughed 【详解】句意:玛丽嗓子疼并且她昨天晚上咳嗽了。她应该喝一些加蜂蜜的热茶。根据“has a sore throat”和“drink some hot tea with honey”可知应该是咳嗽。cough“咳嗽”,又因为本句为一般过去时,故要用过去式coughed。故填(c)oughed。 18.(n)ecks 【详解】句意:我认为长颈鹿有世界上最长的脖子。根据“giraffes”可知是长颈鹿,结合所给首字母可知,应填neck“脖子”,表达的是长颈鹿脖子最长,由于giraffes是复数,所以neck也要用复数necks。故填(n)ecks。 19.(c)limbers 【详解】句意:我们都知道猴子是很好的攀登者。根据“monkeys are good...”以及首字母可知猴子是很好的攀登者,此处用名词复数climbers“攀登者”。故填(c)limbers。 20.(s)ituation 【详解】句意:史密斯先生处境艰难。根据“is in a difficult...”以及首字母可知他处境艰难,in a difficult situation“处境艰难”。故填(s)ituation。 21.(j)ourney 【详解】 句意:——一群亚洲象长途跋涉来到北方。——是的。即使是科学家也不知道他们要去哪里或为什么去。根据首字母和句意可知,此处应该是journey,意为“旅行”,表示一段长的旅行。故填(j)ourney。 22.(s)trong 【详解】句意:——我们的国家正变得强大和富有。——你说得对。根据“and rich”以及首字母提示可知,此处用strong“强大的,强壮的”,形容词作表语。故填(s)trong。 23.(o)wner 【详解】句意:——我在街上发现一只走失的狗。——它是黑白相间的吗?它的主人一定是史密斯先生。根据“must be Mr. Smith.”可知此处指狗的主人,owner“主人”,此处用名词单数。故填(o)wner。 24.(s)ign 【详解】句意:请看那边“禁止吸烟”的标志。“No Smoking”是一个标志,名词“sign 标志”符合语境。故填(s)ign。 25.(l)onely 【详解】句意:这位老人独自生活,所以有时他感到孤独。根据“The old man lives alone”及首字母可知,独自生活应是感到孤独,lonely“孤独的”,形容词作表语,故填(l)onely。 26.(b)lind 【详解】句意:虽然海伦·凯勒是盲人,但她写了许多杰出的作品,如《假如给我三天光明》和《我的生活故事》。根据“Helen Keller”及所给的首字母提示可知,这里指虽然海伦·凯勒是个盲人,blind意为“失明的”,形容词作表语。故填(b)lind。 27.(r)epair 【详解】句意:我的iPad有问题。谁能帮我修?根据“There is something wrong with my iPad.”可知,iPad有问题,因此应该是询问谁能修理,结合首字母可知应该是repair“修理”,情态动词can后用动词原形。故填(r)epair。 28.(d)eaf 【详解】句意:她听不到我们说什么。她是聋子。is后接形容词作表语,根据“She can’t hear what we say”可知,她是聋的,deaf“聋的”,故填(d)eaf。 29.(c)heer 【详解】句意:我妹妹很伤心。让我们去让她振作起来。根据“My younger sister is very sad”以及“her up”可知是让她振作起来,cheer sb up“使某人振作起来”,此处应用动词原形和go并列。故填(c)heer。 30.(n)otice 【详解】句意:你进来的时候我没注意到你拿着一个箱子。根据“didn’t…you carrying a box when you came in”及首字母可知,此处指没注意到你拿着一个箱子,notice“注意到”,didn’t后接动词原形,故填(n)otice。 31.(a)lone 【详解】句意:工作日他们把女儿独自留在家里。根据“on weekdays”及首字母提示可知,平日父母都要上班,所以此处应是把女儿独自留在家里,alone“独自地”,副词修饰动词leave。故填(a)lone。 32.(f)eeling 【详解】句意:我对音乐有一种强烈的情感。不定冠词a后接单数名词。根据首字母f可知此处可用a feeling for sth表示“一种……的感觉?情感”。故填(f)eeling。 33.(i)magine 【详解】句意:我们不能想象一个盲人怎么把它极好地完成。根据语境和题干可知,空处缺少“想象”的意思,can’t情态动词后加动词原形。故填(i)magine。 34.(v)olunteer 【详解】句意:如果你想成为一名志愿者去帮助别人,你能帮着照顾这里的孩子。不定冠词a+首字母发音为辅音音素的单数可数名词,故空处需填一个单数可数名词,根据“you can help look after the children here.”可知此处指志愿者。故填(v)olunteer。 35.(u)nderstand 【详解】句意:我不能理解你在说什么,你能说慢一点吗?根据句意和题干可知,空处缺少“理解”的意思,understand“明白,理解”,动词,前有否定情态动词can’t,后加动词原形。故填(u)nderstand。 36.clever 【详解】句意:多聪明的男孩啊!他算出了这么难的一道数学题。此处用来修饰名词“boy”,所以用形容词,根据语境“He worked out such a difficult math problem.”可知,这里表示“聪明的”。故填clever。 37.(c)hange 【详解】句意:5G作为继3G和4G之后的新的全球网络,必将在许多方面改变我们的生活。结合首字母及句意可知,这里表示5G将会“改变”我们的生活,且will后跟动词原形。故填(c)hange。 38.(j)oy 【详解】句意:你可以用灿烂的微笑传播快乐和幸福,这是你能给别人的最好的礼物之一。根据“and happiness with a bright smile”可知是传播快乐和幸福,空格处缺少名词,结合首字母提示可知应填joy,此时为不可数名词,故填(j)oy。 39.(d)ifficulties 【详解】句意:有时我们在生活中可能会遇到一些困难。我们可以找人帮忙。根据“We can ask someone for help”并结合所给首字母可知,我们在生活中可能会遇到一些困难。“困难”difficulty,根据“some”可知,应用其复数形式difficulties。故填(d)ifficulties。 40.(r)aise 【详解】句意:他们想为贫困村的学生筹集一些钱。根据首字母提示及“some money for the students in a poor village.”可知,此处指的是raise“筹集”,空前有to,此处动词用原形,故填(r)aise。 41.(p)ass 【详解】句意:海伦很聪明,她能轻而易举地通过考试。根据“Helen is so smart”、“the tests easily”并结合首字母提示,此处指的是通过考试,pass“通过”,动词,情态动词后跟动词原形。故填(p)ass。 42.(l)end 【详解】句意:我可以把我的字典借给你,但你下周必须还给我。根据首字母及“but you must return it to me”可知,此处指把字典借给对方。lend sth. to sb.“把某物借给某人”,情态动词can后应用动词原形。故填(l)end。 43.(b)orrowed 【详解】句意:凯伦昨天从她的一个朋友那里借了一本故事书,因为她喜欢读书。根据“from one of her friends”及首字母提示可知,空处应填动词borrow“借”,borrow sth. from…意为“从某处借某物”,由“yesterday”可知时态为一般过去时,borrow的过去式是borrowed。故填(b)orrowed。 44.(h)ates 【详解】句意:那个男孩讨厌日复一日地吃米饭。他想要吃些别的东西。根据“ He wants to eat something else.”和首字母可知,那个男孩想要吃点别的东西,所以此处“The boy h... eating rice day after day.”应是在表示他讨厌日复一日地吃米饭,而该句的时态是一般现在时,主语为The boy,所以此空应是动词三单形式hates“讨厌”,符合题意。故填(h)ates。 45.(c)hores 【详解】句意:长时间做同样的家务很无聊。根据“It’s boring to doing the same…”及首字母提示,可知填chore“家务”作宾语,此处表泛指,用其复数形式chores。故填(c)hores。 46.(f)old 【详解】句意:她想要叠她的衣服。根据“her clothes”及首字母可知,此处指叠衣服,fold“折叠”,to后跟动词原形,故填(f)old。 47.(s)wept 【详解】句意:——哇,教室真干净。——我们半小时前刚扫过地。根据“the classroom is so clean”和“the floor ”及首字母可知,应是扫过地,sweep“打扫”,由“just half an hour ago”可知,时态是一般过去时,空处用动词的过去式,故填(s)wept。 48.(N)either 【详解】句意:莎莉不喜欢唱歌。我也不喜欢。根据“Sally doesn’t like singing.”及首字母N可推出用“Neither do I”表示“我也不喜欢”。故填(N)either。 49.(t)hrow 【详解】句意:不要扔书。小心地把它放在桌子上。根据“Put it on the desk carefully.”及首字母t可推出是不要扔书,throw“扔”,Don’t后接动词原形,构成祈使句的否定形式。故填(t)hrow。 50.(N)either/(N)one 【详解】句意:上星期天他们两个都没有去公园。根据首字母提示及语境可知,此处为neither of表示“两者都不”或none of表示“都不”(不确定的数量)。故填(N)either/(N)one。 51.(p)rovided 【详解】句意:自2011年起,政府开始为贫困地区的儿童免费提供食物。由句中“with food for free”知,此句是说为贫困儿童免费提供食物,provide sb. with sth.“为某人提供某物”,由句中“has”和“since 2011”知,此句为现在完成时,其构成为“has/have+过去分词”,故填(p)rovided。 52.(r)ubbish 【详解】句意:垃圾变坏了。你应该把它拿出去。“垃圾”可用rubbish表示,不可数名词,在句中作主语。故填(r)ubbish。 53.(m)ess 【详解】句意:真是一团糟!你把房间弄得这么脏。请把它清理干净。不定冠词a后接单数名词。根据“You made your room so dirty. Please clean it up.”可知房间很脏,要清理干净,因此此处应是感叹房间一团糟,首字母为m,可用名词mess表示“脏乱”。故填(m)ess。 54.(d)ropped 【详解】句意:杯子掉下来摔碎了。根据“got broken”及首字母提示,可知,应是杯子掉下来了,drop“掉落”,时态是一般过去时,所以空处用动词过去式,故填(d)ropped。 55.(d)epend 【详解】句意:许多孩子完全依靠他们的父母。根据“Many children...on their parents completely.”可知,孩子们完全依靠父母,时态为一般现在时,depend on“依靠”,主语Many children为复数,动词用原形。故填(d)epend。 56.(p)rovides 【详解】句意:我们的学校免费为学生提供课本。根据“Our school p... textbooks for students for free.”可知,此处应是在表示学校免费为学生提供课本,结合首字母p,可用provide sth. for sb.“为某人提供某物”,句子用一般现在时,阐述一件事实,句子主语“Our school”是名词单数,所以此时动词provide用三单形式。故填(p)rovides。 57.(o)rder 【详解】句意:为了通过数学考试,Janet很努力学习。根据“Janet studies hard in o... to pass the math exam.”可知,此处应是在表示Janet为了通过数学考试而特别努力学习,结合首字母o,可用in order to...“为了……”,所以此空应是order。故填(o)rder。 58.(w)aste 【详解】句意:我们不应该在无聊的事情上浪费时间或金钱。根据语境“on the boring thing”可知,这里表示“浪费”时间或金钱,且空前shouldn’t是情态动词,后跟动词原形。故填(w)aste。 59.(i)ll 【详解】句意:这个男人直到他得了重病才意识到健康的重要性。根据“The man didn’t realize the importance of health”可知,跟健康方面有关;再根据首字母提示及“seriously”可知,是得了重病。ill“生病的”,形容词。故填(i)ll。 60.(s)tress/(s)tresses 【详解】句意:成长对每个人来说都是困难的。作为一个青少年,劳拉不得不面对很多压力。根据“Growing up is hard for everyone”可知,后句要表达的是“面对许多压力”,stress表示“压力”时,不可数名词,但表示多种不同压力时,视作可数名词。故填(s)tress/(s)tresses。 61.(a)llow 【详解】句意:我父母不允许我玩太久的电脑游戏。根据“me to play computer games”及首字母可知,此处是allow sb to do sth表示“允许某人做某事”,don’t后面的动词用原形,故填(a)llow。 62.(c)ompare 【详解】句意:父母拿自己的孩子和别的孩子比较是不对的。根据“their children with other children”可知,此处指将自己的孩子与其他孩子比较,compare...with...“把……与……相比”为固定搭配,不定式符号to后接动词原形。故填(c)ompare。 63.(p)erhaps 【详解】句意:如果你感到累了,也许小睡一会儿会有帮助。分析句子结构,主句部分不缺重要成分,此处可用副词修饰整个句子,首字母为p,可用副词perhaps表示“也许”小睡一会儿有帮助。故填(p)erhaps。 64.(c)razy 【详解】句意:在他12岁的时候,他的父亲突然疯了,杀死了他一岁的妹妹。根据“went...”和“killed his one-year-old sister”及首字母可知,应是发疯了,go crazy“发疯”,故填(c)razy。 65.(e)xplain 【详解】句意:当你不能向警察解释清楚整件事时,你真的会有麻烦。结合句子中的“to”及首字母可知,这里用到短语explain sth to sb,且前有情态动词can’t,用动词原形。故填(e)xplain。 66.(n)ervous 【详解】句意:飞机上坐在我邻座的那个年轻女孩非常紧张。她之前没有乘坐过飞机。be动词is后接形容词作表语。根据“She hasn’t flown before.”可知,她没有坐过飞机,所以非常紧张。“紧张的”用形容词nervous,首字母为n。故填(n)ervous。 67.(w)rong 【详解】句意:她这如此骄傲的一个人,宁死也不承认自己错了。be动词was后接形容词作表语。根据“She was such a proud person”和“she would die rather than admit(承认)”可知,她骄傲到不会承认自己错了,首字母为w,“错”用形容词wrong。故填(w)rong。 68.(a)rgued 【详解】句意:我不同意她的观点,所以我昨晚和她争吵了。根据“I didn’t agree with her, so I...with her last night.”和首字母提示可知,两人的观点不一致,导致昨晚争吵起来,argue with sb表示“和某人争吵”,动词短语,句中时间状语为last night,故时态为一般过去时,谓语动词用过去式。故填(a)rgued。 69.(e)xplain 【详解】句意:你能解释一下为什么今天早上上学迟到吗?根据“why you arrived late for school this morning?”和首字母可知,此处是指“解释”,explain“解释”,此处explain后接why引导的宾语从句,Can是情态动词,后接动词原形。故填(e)xplain。 70.(r)eturn 【详解】句意:别忘了明天还我的字典,我要用它。根据语境“I will use it.”可知,这里表示“归还”我的字典,forget to do sth,所以此处用原形。故填(r)eturn。 71.(e)lder 【详解】句意:我的哥哥比我大两岁。结合首字母并根据“大两岁”可知,主语为my elder brother“我的哥哥”,空处用old的比较级elder,表示“年长的”,作定语修饰brother。故填(e)lder。 72.(w)hatever 【详解】句意:男孩女孩们,在那里你可以吃喜欢吃的任何东西。分析句子结构可知,空处应为连接词引导宾语从句,结合语义及所给首字母可知,此处用whatever“无论什么”,在从句中作like的宾语。故填(w)hatever。 73.(c)louds 【详解】句意:天上有很多云,我认为要下雨了。根据“There are lots of...in the sky. I think it’s going to rain.”可知,云很多快要下雨了,cloud“云”,名词,“lots of+可数名词复数/不可数名词”表示“很多……”,空处应填可数名词复数,故填(c)louds。 74.(d)eal 【详解】句意:——妈妈,我妹妹把我的房间弄得一团糟。——这没什么大不了的。毕竟她才三岁。根据“She is only three years old.”可知,此处是指妹妹才三岁,因此把房间弄得一团糟没什么大不了的。固定短语not a big deal“没什么大不了”。故填(d)eal。 75.(g)uess 【详解】句意:——我们的英语老师现在在哪里?——嗯,我猜她在体育俱乐部,但我不确定。I作主语,此处应填入谓语动词。根据“I’m not sure”可知,不确定在哪里,首字母为g,说明谓语动词应用guess“猜”。句子应用一般现在时,谓语用动词原形。故填(g)uess。 76.(w)rong 【详解】句意:我的电脑出问题了。根据语境及所给首字母可知,此处考查短语there is something wrong with...“……有问题”,wrong在句中做后置定语修饰something。故填(w)rong。 77.(b)rought 【详解】句意:尽管这场风暴破坏了许多东西,但它让家庭和邻居更紧密地联系在一起。动词短语bring sb closer表示“使某人靠近”,根据“Although the storm broke many things apart,”可知此句时态是一般过去时。故填(b)rought。 78.(m)embers 【详解】句意:——烹饪帮助我们表达对家人的爱。——我非常同意。每次我给妈妈做菜,她都很开心。根据“Cooking helps us show love for family”以及首字母可知,此处是指家庭成员,member“成员”,可数名词,此处应用复数。故填(m)embers。 79.(o)pinion 【详解】句意:我想要知道你关于这件事的意见。根据“I want to know your...”和“about this thing”并结合首字母可知,opinion“意见”符合语境,可数名词,而由“about this thing”可知此处填其单数即可,故填(o)pinion。 80.(u)sual 【详解】句意:他和平常一样去学校。根据“He goes to school as...”和首字母可知,此处是指像往常一样,其英文表达为as usual,位于句末,作状语。故填(u)sual。 81.(m)atch 【详解】句意:昨天晚上的篮球比赛你觉得怎么样?根据“What do you think of the basketball...last night?”可知,指的应该是昨天晚上的篮球“比赛”如何,“match”译为“比赛”,前面有定冠词“the”,特指昨晚的篮球比赛,填写单数即可。故填(m)atch。 82.(s)ilence 【详解】句意:她眼含泪水的静静地坐在那里。根据“with tears in her eyes”和首字母s可知,她应该是静静地坐着。in silence“静静地”,符合句意。故填(s)ilence。 83.(w)indow/(w)indows 【详解】句意:我希望你不介意我打开窗户。根据“open”和首字母可知此处指“开窗户”;window“窗户”,前有定冠词,名词可用单数形式也可用复数形式。故填(w)indow/(w)indows。 84.(s)uddenly 【详解】句意:我们突然听到有人在森林里呼救。根据语境“We...heard somebody calling for help in the forest.”可知,“突然”听到有人呼救,“suddenly”译为“突然地”,是一个副词,修饰动词“heard”,故填(s)uddenly。 85.(r)eport 【详解】句意:——约翰逊教授在大厅里做报告吗?——不,不可能是他。他去了日本。根据“Professor”以及“in the hall”结合首字母可知,此处是指做报告,report“报告”,可数名词,被a修饰,应用单数,故填(r)eport。 86.(f)allen 【详解】句意:经过一夜的风,地上有许多落花。根据“After one night of wind”可知大风会使花落下,用fallen表示“落下的,落在地上的”,形容词作定语。故填(f)allen。 87.(h)eavily 【详解】句意:即使雨下得很大,他们也可能出去。根据“Even though”和“they may also go out”可知,前后两句之间是转折关系,结合首字母提示,空处填写副词修饰动词rains,表示雨下的很大,heavily“很大程度地”,副词,故填heavily。 88.(l)ight 【详解】句意:太阳给我们温暖和光明。根据“The sun gives us its warmth and”和首字母提示可知,太阳给予阳光和温暖,light“阳光”,不可数名词,故填(l)ight。 89.(p)assage 【详解】句意:阅读短文,选择正确答案。根据“...choose the correct answer”以及首字母提示,可知需要阅读文章来找正确答案,因此passage符合题意。故填(p)assage。 90.(r)ealize 【详解】句意:继续努力学习,你就会实现你的梦想。根据“r...your dream”可知,此处是realize one’s dream短语,意为“实现某人的梦想”,will后用动词原形。故填(r)ealize。 91.(p)upils 【详解】句意:这所学校有400多名学生,其中30%来自村里。根据“The school has over 400 p...and 30% of them come from the village.”可知,学校有学生,pupil“学生”,“400”修饰可数名词复数。故填(p)upils。 92.(a)sleep 【详解】句意:他太疲倦了,所以他在椅子上坐着睡着了。根据“He was too tired”可知,fall asleep“睡着了”符合语境,故填(a)sleep。 93.(w)ood 【详解】句意:这片森林里生长着许多种木材。根据“growing in this forest”和首字母可知,此处指森林里长着许多木材;wood“木材”,不可数名词。故填(w)ood。 94.(b)eat 【详解】句意:我们队在昨天的足球赛中击败了其他队。根据“Our team ... other teams in the football game”和首字母可知,此处指打败了其他队;beat“击败”,动词;由“yesterday”可知,时态为一般过去时,动词要用过去式,beat的过去式为beat。故填(b)eat。 95.(r)ises 【详解】句意:我们都知道太阳从东方升起,在西方落下。根据“the sun ... in the east and sets in the west”和首字母可知,此处指太阳东升西落,rise“(太阳、月亮)升起”符合语境;再根据太阳东升西落是客观事实可知,时态要用一般现在时;主语“the sun”为单数,故动词要用第三人称单数。故填(r)ises。 96.(a)gainst 【详解】句意:大雨打在窗户上。根据“beat a... the windows”可知此处指大雨敲打着窗户,用against表示“碰;撞”,符合语境。故填(a)gainst。 97.(T)ower 【详解】句意:埃菲尔铁塔是法国的象征。许多人喜欢在那儿拍照。根据首字母及“The Eiffel”可知此处指埃菲尔铁塔。故填(T)ower。 98.(d)ate 【详解】句意:很多孩子不知道他们父母生日的日期。根据“the d...of their parents’ birthday”和首字母提示可知,此处指很多孩子不知道他们父母生日的日期,应填date“日期”。故填(d)ate。 99.(c)ompletely 【详解】句意:我太忙了,完全忘了今天是他的生日。根据“I’m so busy”及首字母c可推出是“完全”忘记了,此处用副词completely表示“完全地”,修饰动词forgot。故填(c)ompletely。 100.(t)ruth 【详解】句意:关于某事的真相是关于它的所有事实,而不是想象或发明的东西。根据“all the facts”结合首字母可知,此处是指事实,truth“事实”,名词作主语。故填(t)ruth。

  • ID:4-19670538 2023-2024学年七年级英语下册(人教版)期中专练-首字母填词100题(Units1-6)(易错词汇)(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/七年级下册

    首字母填词100题(Units1-6) 1.We have no classes on the w . 2.—Can you s me how to play basketball? —Of course! Look! It’s easy. 3.I don’t w letters to my friends, I often call them. 4.Do you want to know about my favorite sports? Let me t you. 5.You can’t s in the river (河). It’s dangerous (危险的). 6.—Can you s English? —Yes, I can. 7.There are many c in Jim’s school. 8.I like music and I can play the g . 9.I can’t sing o dance. What club can I join? 10.You can call and t to me after school. 11.Let’s go to the shopping c . I want to buy some food. 12.Mr.Li t us English. 13.School starts at a q past eight. 14.I brush my t at six in the morning. 15.What time do you u get up? 16.We want m for our school music festival. 17.He is good at d . He wants to be a dancer. 18.I usually go to bed at half p ten. 19.Without trees, many animals cannot live on the earth. It’s not easy for man to live on the earth, e . 20.Don’t be l for school next time, Sally. You must get to school early. 21.From Monday to Friday, I go to school, so I often play basketball with my friends on w . 22.There are f students in my class: twenty boys and thirty girls. 23.It’s good for us to get up e . 24.The girl n eats breakfast, so she isn’t healthy. 25.Our family u have breakfast at seven in the morning. 26.I take a s at nine o’clock before I go to bed. 27.John b his teeth every day. 28.Don’t e anything in class, or the teacher is unhappy. 29.Lang Lang is a wonderful p player. 30.My mother cuts the watermelon into h . 31.A club should be l a big family. 32.Don’t be a to ask for help. 33.I am planning to d to Shanghai next year. 34.For many young girls, becoming a teacher seems like a d job. 35.An old bridge c the river. 36.The food t better than it looked. 37.It was one of the best days of my l . 38.They are too tired. They work all day and all n . 39.This is a n book. Let’s read it. 40.It is about only one k from my home to the subway station. 41.My grandma goes to the supermarket e day. 42.—What does your father do? —He is a b driver. 43.—How do you get to work? —I usually take the s . 44.Gina often goes to school in her mother’s c . 45.Is it f from your home to the school? 46.Tom r his bike to school from Monday to Friday. 47.My mother is sleeping. Please be q . 48.—Don’t run in the hallway! —S . I won’t do that again. 49.Most of the students have lunch in the dining h . 50.I am never late because I usually a at school before 7:30. 51.My mother usually gets up early and makes breakfast in the k . 52.Your room is d . Go and clean it. 53.Running can help you k healthy. 54.Don’t eat in the classroom. You must eat in the d hall. 55.Our school u are so nice. Let’s put them on. 56.Don’t stay o the house. It’s so hot. 57.Jack wants to r books in the evening. 58.I can’t s with that music playing all the time. 59.This would be a good p for picnic. 60.She had a hot bath and w her hair. 61.She wants to l about Chinese culture. 62.He was not stupid, just l . 63.Tom bought a house with a small p . He likes swimming. 64.Can I u your phone? 65.My father often reads a n in the morning. 66.Children’s lives are in d every time they cross this road. 67.It is too hot today. You should drink more w . 68.This dress is d , and it needs washing. 69.I go to bed before 10: 00. I s 8 hours every night. 70.Tigers are a k of scary animal. 71.There are many flowers in our school. They are so b . 72.This elephant is very s . He can play soccer and draw. 73.Fish can’t live without w . 74.—Billy is s , isn’t he? —You’re right. His face always turns red when he talks to others. 75.P come from China. They are shy. 76.I like dogs. They are very c . 77.There are many kinds of a in the zoo. 78.G have long necks(脖子) and legs. 79.— Don’t f to turn off the lights when you leave the classroom, Tom. — All right, Ms. Lee. 80.This red skirt looks b . I like it very much. 81.An e has a long nose. 82.We can see five yellow stars on our national f . 83.A little boy fell into (掉进) the river and I must go to s him. 84.Connie is my p dog and I take it for a walk every morning. 85.Do you want to go to the m to see Kung Fu Panda with me this evening? 86.You must w your hands before eating. 87.My father m dinner every day. He is good at cooking. 88.Today is May 31st and t is Children’s Day. 89.I’m thirsty (口渴). I want two cups of green t . 90.—What do you like to d , milk or coffee? —A cup of coffee. 91.The Greens have three c —two sons and a daughter. 92.Tom is now in the United States and he really m his family in China. 93.Look! Some women are buying food and drinks in the s . 94.The s tastes very delicious. 95.— The hamburgers taste d . I want to eat another one. — OK, here you are. 96.I usually l to music on my way home from school. 97.There are fifty s in the United States. 98.—Are you swimming in the p ? —No. I’m swimming in the river with my parents. 99.Mr. Green is very s with his students. But the kids all like him. 100.When we got up, it was still dark o . 参考答案: 1.(w)eekend 【详解】句意:周末我们不上课。根据“have no classes”可知,是周末不上课。on the weekend 表示“在周末”。故填(w)eekend。 2.(s)how 【详解】句意:——你能给我展示下如何打篮球吗?——当然!看!很简单。根据“Look! It’s easy.”可知,此处是说展示打篮球,show“展示”,情态动词can后接动词原形。故填(s)how。 3.(w)rite 【详解】句意:我不给朋友写信,我经常给他们打电话。根据“letters”可知是写信,write“写”,助动词don’t后加动词原形。故填(w)rite。 4.(t)ell 【详解】句意:你想知道我最喜欢的运动吗?让我来告诉你。根据“Do you want to know”以及首字母,可知是tell“告诉”,let sb do“让某人做某事”。故填(t)ell。 5.(s)wim 【详解】句意:你不能在河里游泳。很危险。根据“You can’t…in the river (河). It’s dangerous”可知是指不能在河里游泳,很危险。swim“游泳”,can’t后接动词原形。故填(s)wim。 6.(s)peak 【详解】句意:——你会说英语吗?——是的,我会。根据“can”可知,放在情态动词can后面跟动词原形;由“English”可知此处填speak,speak English“说英语”。故填(s)peak。????????? 7.(c)lubs 【详解】句意:吉姆的学校里有许多俱乐部。根据“in Jim’s school”和首字母提示可知,此处应该是有许多俱乐部,club意为“俱乐部”,是可数名词,结合“many”可知,此处应该填入复数形式clubs。故填(c)lubs。 8.(g)uitar 【详解】句意:我喜欢音乐,我会弹吉他。根据“I like music”可知会弹吉他,play the guitar“弹吉他”。故填(g)uitar。 9.(o)r 【详解】句意:我不会唱歌也不会跳舞,我可以参加什么俱乐部?根据“can’t”可知这是一个否定句,且这里表示“不会唱歌或跳舞”,所以应用表示选择关系的连词or来连接。故填(o)r。 10.(t)alk 【详解】句意:放学后你可以打电话和我聊天。根据题意“call and”可知后面跟的也是一个动词,而空格后面是to sb.,再根据首字母提示,可知用talk,talk to sb.“和某人谈话”;故填(t)alk。 11.(c)enter 【详解】句意:我们去购物中心吧,我想买些食物。根据“I want to buy some food”和首字母c可知,我想要买一些食物,应是去购物中心,shopping center“购物中心”,有定冠词the修饰,用单数名词,故填(c)enter。 12.(t)eaches 【详解】句意:李老师教我们英语。由句意和首字母提示可知应填“teach”,主语是“Mr. Li”可知是第三人称单数形式,所以谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式“teaches”。故填(t)eaches。 13.(q)uarter 【详解】句意:学校八点一刻开始上课。根据“School starts at a q...past eight.”可知,学校八点一刻开始上课,quarter“一刻钟”符合语境,故填(q)uarter。 14.(t)eeth 【详解】句意:我早上六点刷牙。根据空前的“brush my”及首字母可知,此处是表达刷牙,brush one’s teeth“刷牙”,固定短语,空处用名词复数形式。故填(t)eeth。 15.(u)sually 【详解】句意:你通常几点起床。根据单词首字母和句意可知,这里考查usually,是一个副词,意为“通常”。故填(u)sually。 16.(m)usicians 【详解】句意:为了学校的音乐节我们想要招聘音乐家。根据“for our school music festival.”可知,学校要举办音乐节,可见想要的应是“音乐家”。“音乐家”musician,本单词的首字母“m”前没有不定冠词a/an,需用名词的复数形式。故填(m)usicians。 17.(d)ancing 【详解】句意:他擅长跳舞。他想成为一名舞蹈演员。根据“dancer”可知此处是指跳舞,dance“跳舞”,是动词,位于介词at后,应用动名词形式,故填(d)ancing。 18.(p)ast 【详解】句意:我通常十点半上床睡觉。根据“at half...ten”可知此处指十点半,用介词past。故填(p)ast。 19.(e)ither 【详解】句意:没有树木,许多动物就不能在地球上生存。人类在地球上生活也不容易。根据“many animals cannot live on the earth”与“It’s not easy for man to live on the earth”是并列关系可知,这里指人类在地球上生活也不容易,该句为否定句,所以应用either。故填(e)ither。 20.(l)ate 【详解】句意:莎莉,下次上学别迟到了。你必须早点到学校。根据“You must get to school early.”和首字母提示可知,此处指不要迟到,late意为“晚的”,形容词,作表语。故填(l)ate。 21.(w)eekends 【详解】句意:从周一到周五,我去上学,所以我经常在周末和朋友们一起打篮球。根据“From Monday to Friday, I go to school, so I often play basketball with my friends on...”并结合首字母w可知,设空处意为“周末”,其英文表达为weekend。固定短语on weekends“在周末”。故填(w)eekends。 22.(f)ifty 【详解】句意:我们班有五十个学生:二十个男生和三十个女生。根据“twenty boys and thirty girls.”可知,我们班有50个学生,fifty“五十”,基数词表示数量。故填(f)ifty。 23.(e)arly 【详解】句意:早起对我们有好处。根据“It’s good for us to get up...”以及首字母可知,此处指早起对我们有好处。early“早”符合语境。故填(e)arly。 24.(n)ever 【详解】句意:这个女孩从来不吃早饭,所以她不健康。根据“so she isn’t healthy.”可知她不健康,因为她从不吃早饭,never“从不”。故填(n)ever。 25.(u)sually 【详解】句意:我们一家通常早上七点吃早饭。根据“have breakfast at seven in the morning”可知是通常在早上七点吃早饭,usually“通常”。故填(u)sually。 26.(s)hower 【详解】句意:我在睡觉前九点钟洗澡。根据“before I go to bed”可知睡前要洗澡,take a shower“洗澡, 洗淋浴”。故填(s)hower。 27.(b)rushes 【详解】句意:约翰每天刷牙。brush one’s teeth“刷牙”,由“every day”可知,时态是一般现在时,主语是三单,谓语动词用三单形式。故填(b)rushes。 28.(e)at 【详解】句意:上课不要吃东西,否则老师不高兴。根据“Don’t … anything in class”及首字母可知,此处指不要在上课时吃东西,eat“吃”,don’t后接动词原形,故填(e)at。 29.(p)iano 【详解】句意:郎朗是一位出色的钢琴演奏家。根据空前的“Lang Lang is a wonderful”可知,应该是郎朗是一位出色的钢琴演奏家,用名词piano“钢琴”,故填(p)iano。 30.(h)alves 【详解】句意:我妈妈把西瓜切成两半。根据空前的“My mother cuts the watermelon into”并结合所给单词首字母可知,应该是把西瓜切成两半,用half“一半”的复数halves,故填(h)alves。 31.(l)ike 【详解】句意:俱乐部应该像一个大家庭。由首字母提示和“A club should be ... a big family”可知空格处填介词“像”,like“像”,介词,故填(l)ike。 32.(a)fraid 【详解】句意:不要害怕寻求帮助。be后接形容词作表语,根据“Don’t be … to ask for help”及首字母可知,此处指不要害怕,be afraid to do sth“害怕做某事”,故填(a)fraid。 33.(d)rive 【详解】句意:明年我打算开车去上海。根据空后的“to Shanghai next year”和所给单词首字母可知,应该是明年我打算开车去上海,由空前的“to”可知,应该填的是动词原形drive“开车”,故填(d)rive。 34.(d)ream 【详解】句意:对许多年轻女孩来说,成为一名教师似乎是一份理想的工作。根据空前的“becoming a teacher seems like”并结合所给单词首字母可知,应该是成为一名教师似乎是一份理想的工作,用名词dream“理想”,故填(d)ream。 35.(c)rosses 【详解】句意:一座旧桥横跨这条河。此处缺少谓语动词,这里是“桥横跨这条河”,cross“横过”,是动词,此处用一般现在时态,主语是an old bridge是单数,谓语动词变第三人称单数,故填(c)rosses。 36.(t)asted 【详解】句意:这食物尝起来比看起来好。根据“The food t...better than it looked.”可知,此处表示“尝起来”,“taste”符合语境,根据“looked”可知,时态是一般过去时,动词用过去式,故填(t)asted。 37.(l)ife 【详解】句意:那是我一生中最美好的日子之一。根据“It was one of the best days of my l...”可知,是“一生中最美好的日子之一”,“life生活”符合语境,故填(l)ife。 38.(n)ight 【详解】句意:他们太累了。他们夜以继日地工作。根据“They work all day and all”及首字母可知,此处指“整日整夜”,英文表达为“all day and all night”,故填(n)ight。 39.(n)ew 【详解】句意:这是一本新书。我们来读一下。根据“This is a n... book.”可知,这是一本新书,new“新的”,作定语修饰book,故填(n)ew。 40.(k)ilometer 【详解】句意:从我家到地铁站大约只有一公里。根据“one … from my home to the subway station”可知,从家到地铁站只有一公里的距离,kilometer“公里”,根据one可知,此空应填单数形式,故填(k)ilometer。 41.(e)very 【详解】句意:我奶奶每天都去超市。根据首字母提示可知,副词短语every day意为“每天”,其中形容词every修饰名词day。故填(e)very。 42.(b)us 【详解】句意:——你父亲是做什么的?——他是一名公共汽车司机。根据“He is a b... driver.”可知,他是公共汽车司机,bus “公共汽车”,作定语修饰driver,故填(b)us。 43.(s)ubway 【详解】句意:——你怎么去上班?——我通常乘坐地铁。根据“How do you get to work”可知,回答上班的交通方式,结合首字母s可知,此处指乘坐地铁,subway“地铁”,take the subway“坐地铁”,故填(s)ubway。 44.(c)ar 【详解】句意:吉娜经常坐她妈妈的车去上学。根据“Gina often goes to school in her mother’s c...”可知,吉娜经常坐她妈妈的车去上学,car “汽车”,符合语境,故填(c)ar。 45.(f)ar 【详解】句意:从你家到学校很远吗?根据“Is it ... from your home to the school?”及首字母可知,此处询问家离学校是否远,be far from“离……远”。故填(f)ar。 46.(r)ides 【详解】句意:汤姆从星期一到星期五骑自行车上学。根据“Tom r... his bike to school from Monday to Friday.”可知,是骑自行车上学,ride “骑”,时态是一般现在时,主语是Tom,动词用三单rides。故填(r)ides。 47.(q)uiet 【详解】句意:我妈妈在睡觉。请安静。根据“My mother is sleeping”可知妈妈在睡觉,所以要保持安静,quiet“安静的”。故填(q)uiet。 48.(S)orry 【详解】句意:——不要在走廊里跑。——对不起,我不会再那样做了。根据“Don’t run in the hallway.”可知对方劝告自己不要在走廊跑,自己应回答“对不起,我不会再那样做了”。故填(S)orry。 49.(h)all 【详解】句意:大多数学生在食堂吃午饭。根据首字母和“dining”可知,此处考查固定短语:dining hall,意为“餐厅”。故填(h)all。 50.(a)rrive 【详解】句意:我从不迟到,因为我通常七点半以前到校。根据“I am never late”和“at school before 7:30.”可知是七点半之前到达学校,所以从不迟到。arrive“到达”,句子用一般现在时,主语是I,谓语动词用原形。故填(a)rrive。 51.(k)itchen 【详解】句意:我妈妈通常起得很早,在厨房做早餐。根据“My mother usually gets up early and makes breakfast”及所给的首字母提示可知,这里是在厨房做早餐,kitchen意为“厨房”,这里用单数。故填(k)itchen。 52.(d)irty 【详解】句意:你的房间很脏,去把它打扫一下。根据后句“Go and clean it.”可推测,“你的房间”很“脏”,再结合首字母,故填(d)irty。 53.(k)eep 【详解】句意:跑步可以帮你保持健康。keep sb.(to)do sth.帮助某人做某事。根据“Running can help you…healthy.”和首字母提示可知,此处要填keep,表示“保持”;keep healthy表示“保持健康”。故填(k)eep。 54.(d)ining 【详解】句意:不要在教室里吃东西。你必须在餐厅吃饭。根据“Don’t eat in the classroom.”及首字母可知,此处应该是在餐厅里吃饭,dining hall意为“餐厅;食堂”。故填(d)ining。 55.(u)niforms 【详解】句意:我们的校服真漂亮。我们穿上吧。根据后文的“Let’s put them on”可知,空格所填词是表示衣服;根据句中物主代词“our”以及首字母提示可知,空格所填词为uniform并且要填复数形式。故填(u)niforms。 56.(o)utside 【详解】句意:不要待在房子外面。很热。此空为方位介词,根据“ It’s so hot.”和首字母可知,是待在房子外面,用介词outside表示。故填(o)utside。 57.(r)ead 【详解】句意:杰克想在晚上看书。根据want to do sth.“想要做某事”可知,空格上填动词原形;根据首字母提示以及空格后的books可知,本题考查短语read books“读书”。故填(r)ead。 58.study 【详解】句意:那音乐一直播放我不能学习。根据首字母和“with that music playing all the time”可知此处指“音乐一直播放,不能学习”;study“学习”;空格在情态动词后填动词原形;故填study。 59.(p)lace 【详解】句意:这将会是野餐的一个好地方。根据空前的“a good”和空后的“for picnic”以及所给单词首字母可知,应该是这将会是野餐的一个好地方,用可数名词单数place“地方”,故填(p)lace。 60.(w)ashed 【详解】句意:她洗了个热水澡,洗了头发。and是连接并列成分,had是过去式,下文也用过去式,此处是洗了头发,wash“洗”,是动词,此处用过去式,故填(w)ashed。 61.(l)earn 【详解】句意:她想了解中国文化。根据“about Chinese culture”及首字母可知,想了解中国文化,learn about“了解”,want to to do sth“想要做某事”,故填(l)earn。 62.(l)azy 【详解】句意:他并不蠢,只是懒。根据“He was not stupid”及首字母可知,不蠢,而是懒惰,lazy“懒惰”,故填(l)azy。 63.(p)ool 【详解】句意:汤姆买了一所带小泳池的房子。他喜欢游泳。根据“He likes swimming.”可知,他喜欢游泳,买了带有小泳池的房子,应该填入“pool”“水池”。故填(p)ool。 64.(u)se 【详解】句意:我能用一下你的电话吗?空格在情态动词后填动词原形;根据首字母和“your phone”可知此处指“用一下你的电话”;use“使用”;故填(u)se。 65.(n)ewspaper 【详解】句意:我爸爸经常在早上看报纸。根据空前的“reads a”并结合所给单词首字母可知,应该是看报纸,用可数名词单数newspaper“报纸”,故填(n)ewspaper。 66.(d)anger 【详解】句意:每当孩子们过马路的时候,他们的生命都在危险中。根据“every time they cross this road”和句意可知, 描述的是孩子们过马路的时候会有危险,应该使用“in danger”“处于危险中”。故填(d)anger。 67.(w)ater 【详解】句意:今天太热了。 你应该多喝水。根据“It is too hot today.”结合“You should drink more ….”及首字母提示,可知应是说要多喝水,water“水”,不可数名词,故填(w)ater。 68.(d)irty 【详解】句意:这件衣服脏了,需要洗一洗。本句缺表语形容词,根据下文“and it needs washing”和首字母提示,可知是说衣服脏了,dirty“脏的”符合语境,故填(d)irty。 69.(s)leep 【详解】句意:我在10点前上床睡觉。我每晚睡8个小时。根据“8 hours every night.”以及首字母,可知是sleep“睡觉”,主语是“I”,结合时间状语“every night”以及语境,可判断该句是一般现在时,动词填原形。故填(s)leep。 70.(k)ind 【详解】句意:老虎是一种可怕的动物。根据“Tigers are a ... of scary animal.”可知,此处指的是老虎是种可怕的动物,a kind of“一种”符合。故填(k)ind。 71.(b)eautiful 【详解】句意:我们学校有许多花。它们是如此美丽。are后接形容词作表语,根据“There are many flowers in our school”及首字母可知,此空的词语是修饰花,beautiful“美丽的”符合,故填(b)eautiful。 72.(s)mart 【详解】句意:这头大象很聪明。他会踢足球和画画。根据“He can play soccer and draw.”可知,这头大象会踢足球和画画,因此他很聪明,结合首字母可知,应该是smart“聪明的”,形容词作表语。故填(s)mart。 73.(w)ater 【详解】句意:鱼没有水不能存好。根据首字母提示以及结合常识可知,鱼离不开水,要填“水”,对应的英文为water,不可数名词,故填(w)ater。 74.(s)hy 【详解】句意:——Billy很害羞,对不?——对的。当和其他人说话时,他的脸总是会变红。根据后文“His face always turns red when he talks to others.”可知,Billy很害羞。shy害羞的。故填(s)hy。 75.(P)andas 【详解】句意:熊猫来自中国,他们很害羞。“They”复数,指代熊猫,panda复数为pandas。故填(P)andas。 76.(c)ute 【详解】句意:我喜欢狗。它们非常可爱。根据“I like dogs.”可知,我很喜欢狗,原因是它们很可爱,cute“可爱的”。故填(c)ute。 77.(a)nimals 【详解】句意:动物园里有很多种类的动物。根据“in the zoo”以及首字母可知,动物园里有动物,且很多种类的动物,名词用复数animals“动物”。故填(a)nimals。 78.(G)iraffes 【详解】句意:长颈鹿有长脖子和腿。根据“long necks(脖子) and legs”和首字母提示可知是长颈鹿,谓语动词“have”是原形,主谓一致,主语用复数,giraffe复数为giraffes。故填(G)iraffes。 79.(f)orget 【详解】句意:——汤姆,你离开教室时别忘了关灯。——好的,李女士。根据“Don’t...to turn off the lights when you leave the classroom, Tom.”结合单词首字母可知此处是指不要忘记关灯,forget“忘记”,是动词,前面有助动词,动词用原形, 故填(f)orget。 80.(b)eautiful 【详解】句意:这条红裙子看起来很漂亮。我非常喜欢它。根据“ I like it very much.”可知裙子很美丽,beautiful“美丽的”,是形容词,作表语,故填(b)eautiful。 81.(e)lephant 【详解】句意:大象有一个长鼻子。根据首字母提示和“has a long nose”可知是大象,elephant“大象”,由“An”可知使用名词单数,故填(e)lephant。 82.(f)lag 【详解】句意:我们可以在国旗上看到五颗黄色的星星。结合题干及首字母可知,flag意为“旗帜”;national flag意为“国旗”。故填(f)lag。 83.(s)ave 【详解】句意:一个小男孩掉进河里,我必须去救他。 根据“A little boy fell into (掉进) the river...”及首字母提示可知,我必须去“救”他。救:save,动词; go to do sth.去做某事,动词不定式表目的,因此用原形。故填(s)ave。 84.(p)et 【详解】句意:康妮是我的宠物狗,我每天早上都带它去散步。根据“I take it for a walk every morning.”和首字母p可知,我每天早上带着它去散步,因此表示它是我的宠物狗,pet表示“宠物”,故填(p)et。 85.(m)ovies 【详解】句意:今晚你想和我一起去看电影《功夫熊猫》吗?根据“see Kung Fu Panda”可知,说话者是要去看电影。movie“电影;电影院”,固定短语go to the movies“去看电影”。故填(m)ovies。 86.(w)ash 【详解】句意:吃饭前你必须洗手。根据“You must w…your hands before eating.”可知,此处指“饭前必须洗手”,wash“洗”符合题意,情态动词must后接动词原形。故填(w)ash。 87.(m)akes 【详解】句意:我父亲每天做晚饭。他擅长烹饪。根据空后“dinner”和“cooking”,结合首字母提示,可知空处是短语make dinner“做晚饭”;根据时间标志词“every day”,可知句子时态为一般现在时,主语是“My father”,为第三人称单数,谓语动词应用动词三单形式。故填(m)akes。 88.(t)omorrow 【详解】句意:今天是5月31号,明天是儿童节。根据“Today is May 31st and...is Children’s Day.”可知今天是5月31号,明天是儿童节,tomorrow“明天”。故填(t)omorrow。 89.(t)ea 【详解】句意:我口渴了。我想要两杯绿茶。green tea“绿茶”,名词词组,作介词宾语。故填(t)ea。 90.(d)rink 【详解】句意:——你喜欢喝什么,牛奶还是咖啡?——一杯咖啡。根据“milk or coffee”结合首字母可知,是指喝牛奶或咖啡。drink“喝”,位于动词不定式符号to后,应用动词原形。故填(d)rink。 91.(c)hildren 【详解】句意:格林一家有三个孩子——两个儿子和一个女儿。根据“two sons and a daughter”及首字母可知,此处指三个孩子,three后跟名词复数,所以用children表示“孩子们”。故填(c)hildren。 92.(m)isses 【详解】句意:汤姆现在在美国,他非常想念他在中国的家人。根据“Tom is now in the United States”可知本句时态是一般现在时,结合首字母提示可知,此处是指汤姆在美国因此很想念在中国的家人。miss“想念”,动词,主语“he”是第三人称单数,需用动词三单形式misses。故填(m)isses。 93.(s)upermarket 【详解】句意:看!一些女人正在超市买吃的和喝的。根据“ Some women are buying food and drinks in the ”可知此处指地点,supermarket表示“超市”。故填(s)upermarket。 94.(s)oup 【详解】句意:这汤尝起来很美味。根据“tastes very delicious.”及首字母s可知,此处描述的是汤很美味,soup“汤”。故填(s)oup。 95.(d)elicious 【详解】句意:——汉堡包尝起来美味极了。我还想吃一个。——好的,给你。taste表示“尝起来”,连系动词,后接形容词作表语,根据“I want to eat another one.”及首字母可知,尝起来美味,还想再吃一个,delicious“美味的”,故填(d)elicious。 96.(l)isten 【详解】句意:我通常在放学回家的路上听音乐。listen to music“听音乐”,根据“usually”可知,句子是一般现在时,主语I是第一人称,动词用原形,故填(l)isten。 97.(s)tates 【详解】句意:美国有五十个州。根据常识和首字母提示可知,空处应是state“州”,名词;因之前有数词fifty修饰,故名词应用复数形式states。故填(s)tates。 98.(p)ool 【详解】句意:——你在游泳池里游泳吗?——不。我和父母在河里游泳。根据空前“Are you swimming”和首字母提示可知,空处应是pool“水池”,名词。故填(p)ool。 99.(s)trict 【详解】句意:格林先生对他的学生很严格,但是孩子们都很喜欢他。根据“But the kids all like him.”可知,前后句构成转折关系,后句说孩子们喜欢他,前句应该是他对孩子们严格“strict”。故填(s)trict。 100.(o)utside 【详解】句意:当我们起床时,外面天还黑着呢。根据空前的“When we got up, it was still dark”并结合所给单词首字母可知,应该是当我们起床时,外面天还黑着呢,用副词outside“在外面”,故填(o)utside。

  • ID:4-19670518 Unit 4 Don't eat in class. Section A Grammar Focus-3c课件(共28张PPT)

    初中英语/人教新目标(Go for it)版/七年级下册/Unit 4 Don't eat in class./Section A

    Section A Grammar Focus-3c Don’t eat in class. Unit 4 No rules, nothing can be done. 没有规矩,不成方圆。 一.导学 二.教学目标 1.读、译P21 Grammar Focus 2.翻译21页词组; 3.完成21页3b,3c; 4.情态动词can, must 以及have to 的运用。 1. 祈使句是表示请求、命令、叮嘱、号召、劝告等的句子; 通常省略主语you; 句中谓语动词用动词原形; 句尾一般用降调; 祈使句的开头是动词原形。 祈使句有肯定和否定两种: e.g. Look?out!? 小心! Wait?here?for?me!? 在这等我! 祈使句 祈使句 Example: 肯定祈使句 否定祈使句 Sit down. Come in. Eat at home. Listen to music outside. 5. Do your homework at school. Don’t sit down. Don’t come in . Don’t eat at home. Don’t listen to music outside. Don’t do your homework at school. 否定的祈使句是在动词原形前(即句首)加Don't. 如果祈使句表示客气地请求,一般要加上please。 please可以放在句子前面也可以放在句子的后面。 例: 请跟我读。 Please read after me. = Read after me, please. 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 2.祈使句的形式 (1)let开头的祈使句的肯定句:Let + sb.+ V.(原形) 例: 让我们帮助你。 Don’t let them come in. Let us help you. 否定为:Don’t + let + 第三人称代词+V.(原形) 例: 不要让他们进来。 (2)非let开头的祈使句的肯定句和否定句: 肯定句 Do 型 Be 型 v.原形(+宾语)+其他成份. Be+表语(名词或形容词)+其他成份. 例:Listen to me, please. 例:Be quiet, please. 请听我说。 请安静。 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 状元成才路 否定句 Don’t +行为动词 +其他. Don’t + be +其他. No + n./v.-ing. 例: Don’t play computer games. 例: Don’t be late again. 例: No photos. No swimming. 不要玩电脑游戏。 不要再迟到。 不许拍照。 不许游泳。 3.祈使句的用法 主语是you常省去,动词原形开头记。 否定形式要注意,句首要don’t莫忘记。 客气要用please, 句首、句末没关系。 1. Sit down. __________________ 2. Come in. __________________ 3. Eat at home.__________________ Don’t sit down. Don’t come in. Don’t eat at home. 1. 把下列祈使句改成否定句 4. Listen to music outside. ____________________________ 5. Do your homework at school. ______________________________ Don’t listen to music outside. Don’t do your homework at school. 1.祈使句的肯定句通常是以动词原形开头。否定句在动词原形前加don't. 2.can,must,have to 后接动词原形。 3.can表能够,允许,have to 表客观上的“不得不,必须”, must 表示主观上的“必须”。 Grammar Focus 情态动词must与have to 1.情态动词must的用法 (1)表示有做某一个动作的必要和义务,意思是“必须、应该” 例:你必须做你的作业。 You must do your homework. (2)表示有很大把握的判断或者推测,意思是“一定、准是” 例:那个高个子男人一定是你的爸爸。 The tall man must be your father. (3)以must开头的一般疑问句,它的否定回答用needn’t (不必要),不用mustn’t(不允许) ,mustn’t 常用于否定句中,表示“不允许,禁止”。 例:你的车不允许停在这儿。 You mustn’t park your car here. 2.情态动词have to的用法 have to表示客观需要做的事情,“必须,不得不” (1)have to后接动词原形,“必须做…;不得不做…” 例: 我不得不离开了。 I have to leave. (2)have to有人称、数和时态的变化,其第三人称 单数形式为has to。 例: 她不得不做作业。 She has to do her homework. (3)含有have to, has to的句子变疑问句或否定句需分别借助助动词do, does 。 例: 他们必须早起吗? Do they have to get up early? 1. 不要在楼道里跑。 ______________________________ 2. 不要打架。 ____________________ 3. 有什么规则? ______________________________ 4. 我们必须按时上课. _______________________________ 完成下列句子。 Don’t fight. Don’t run in the hallways. What are the rules? We must be on time for class. Grammar Focus 5. 我们可以在教室里吃东西吗? _____________________________ 6. 不能。但我们可以在餐厅里吃东西。 ________________________________ ________________________________ 7. 我们可以在上课的时候带帽子吗? _____________________________ Can we wear a hat in class? No, we can’t, but we can eat in the dining hall. Can we eat in the classroom? 8. 他在学校里必须穿校服吗? __________________________________ 9. 是的,必须。/ 不,不必。 _______________________________ 10. 你们必须做什么? _______________________________ 11. 在图书馆里我们必须保持安静。 _________________________________ Yes, he does. / No, he doesn’t. Does he have to wear a uniform at school? What do you have to do? We have to be quiet in the library. 3a Write the rules for the school library. 1 2 3 4 Don’t take photos. Don’t listen to music. Don’t eat or drink. Library Rules Don’t talk. ________________ ________________ ________________ 2. Eat? (he/have to/in the dining hall) Q: ________________________________? A: _____________ 3. Listen to music? (we/can/in the hallways) Q: ________________________________? A: _____________ 4. Wear a hat? (we/can/in the classroom) Q: _____________________________? A: ____________ Yes, he does. Does he have to eat in the dining hall Can we listen to music in the hallways No, we can’t. Can we wear a hat in the classroom No, we can’t. Be quiet? (she/have to /in the library) Q: Does she have to be quiet in the library? A: Yes, she does. 3b Use the words to make questions about the rules. Then write answers according to your school. At my dream school, we don’t have to come to school every day. … We can eat in class. … 3c Make up five cool rules for your dream school. Share your rules with the class. Your classmates vote for the Coolest School! 1. He has to eat breakfast quickly. (改为一般疑问句) __________________________________ 2. Play volleyball after class. (改为否定句) ________________________________ 句型转换 Does he have to eat breakfast quickly? Don’t play volleyball after class. 3. We can wear sports shoes in class. (改为一般疑问) ___________________________________ 4. Don’t arrive late for class. (改为同义句) _______________________________ 5. Eric has to do his homework before six. (对划线部分提问) ___________________________________ Can we wear sports shoes in class? We must be on time for class. What does Eric have to do before six? 1.在走廊里跑 2.必须准时上课 3.戴帽子上课 4.在学校穿校服 5.在图书馆保持安静 run in the hallways must be on time for class wear a hat in class wear a uniform at school be quiet in the library 重点短语 6.为学校图书馆写制度 7.不准说话。 8.在课堂上吃东西 9.在我理想的学校里 10.每天来学校 write the rules for the school library Don’t talk eat in class at my dream school come to school every day 知识点(三):完成21页3b,3c 知识点(四): 情态动词can, must 以及have to 的运用 情态动词表示说话人对所说动作的观点,如需要、可能、意愿怀疑等。在形式上情态动词一般没有人称和数的变化,有的情态动词没有时态的变化,如must 。情态动词本身词义不完全,不能单独做谓语动词,必须和动词原形连用。情态动词的否定式一般在其后面加“not”构成,一般疑问句通常将其提到句首。 1.Can 表示能力 We can speak English. 译: 表示许可 We can’t run in the hallways. 译: 表示请求 Can you help me with my English? 译: Can we listen to music in class, Cindy? 译: 我们会说英语。 我们不可以在走廊里跑。 你能帮我学英语吗? 辛迪,我们可以在课堂上听音乐吗? 2.must 表示必须 上课不要迟到。我们必须准时。__________________________________ 3.have to 表示“必须,不得不”,有人称和时态的变化。 她必须先做作业。___________________________________. He ____________(不得不)stay at home every day. Don’t be late for class.We must be on time She has to do her homework first. has to 四.训练提升 1.It’s very warm outside. You ____wear your coat. A.have to B. don’t have to c. Must D,mustn’t 2.Mum, can I _______ music now? No,you can’t. You have to do your homework first. A.listen B.listen to C.see D.look at 3.English is ___ subject. We have to learn it well. A.a important B.an important C.a boring D.an boring B B B 4.Can you ___ your photos here? Sure. A.take B.give C.bring D.make 5.Does she have to stay at home on weekends? ___ .She can go out. A.Yes, she does. B.No, she doesn’t C. Yes ,she has. D.No, she hasn’t. 6.he can’t____,but he often _____to the beach(海滩)and play. A.swimming , go B.swim, goes C.swims, goes D.swim, go C B B 7.he can’t meet his friendstonight because he ____do his homework. A.has to B.need C.have to D.don’t have to 8.The girl ___a red dress is Jill Green. A.with B.wear C.put on D.in 9.Don’t speak loudly in the _________(hallway). 10.We can wear hats in school.(改为否定句) We_______ _______hats in school. A D hallways can’t wear 1.在课堂上我们能戴帽子吗? 2.不,我们不能。 3.在学校他必须穿校服吗? 4.是的,他必须穿。 5.在图书馆里他必须安静吗? Can we wear a hat in class? No, we can’t. Does he have to wear a uniform at school? Yes, he does. Does he have to be quiet in the library? 6.在我的梦想学校里,我们不必每天上学。 7.你们不可以把手机带到学校来。 8.他必须在餐厅里吃东西吗? 9.不准说话。 10.禁止拍照。 At my dream school,we don’t have to come to school every day. You can’t bring your mobilephones to school. Does he have to eat in the dining hall. Don’t talk. Don’t take photos. HOMEWORK 1. Remember the sentences in the Grammar Focus. 2. Write five rules in your family.

  • ID:4-19670515 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(牛津译林版)期中专练-阅读填表(10空)13篇(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    阅读填表(10空)13篇 (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中) The Start of Summer, one of the 24 solar terms (节气) in China always falls on the 5th or 6th of May each year. It was set during the end of the Warring States Period. During the Start of Summer time, all vegetation grows fast. It’s the tie for the harvest of wheat and other summer crops. For this reason, the Start of Summer has been labeled with great importance since ancient times in China. In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself led his officials and people to welcome the Start of Summer. Among the 24 solar terms, the Start of Summer is the most attractive to children. There are many customs on this day and the egg competition is one of them. In summer, with increasing temperature, it is easy for children to feel weak. There is an old Chinese saying which says, “Hanging an egg on children’s chest can prevent them from getting summer diseases”. On this day, parents prepare boiled eggs for their children. They put the egg in a knitted bag and hang the egg on the chests of their children. When at school, children gather together to hold the egg competition. There are two ends of an egg. The pointed end is the top and the round end is the bottom. In the competition, children let the pointed end of their egg hit the pointed end of their competitor’s egg. The children battle one by one and those whose eggs are broken will lose the game. The person who has the hardest egg is the champion (冠军). The custom to check one’s weight started from the Three Kingdoms Period. It is said that Zhao Zilong left Liu Bei’s son, A Dou, to Mrs. Sun in Wu State on the day of Start of Summer. Mrs. Sun weighed A Dou in front of Zhao Zilong and planned to weigh him again on the same day the next year to see if A Dou became stronger. Today people of all ages still like weighing themselves. It is believed that one weighs oneself on this day will have a strong body through the summer. The Start of Summer Facts It always 1 on the 5th or 6th of May each year. It has been very important since ancient times in China 2 it is time for harvesting. History It 3 during the end of the Warring States Period. In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself welcomed the Start of Summer 4 his officials and people. 5 The 6 competition Hanging eggs help children 7 for summer. The person who has the hardest egg 8 the game. Checking one’s weightWeighing oneself on this day is 9 among people of all ages. By doing so, people believe they will have a strong body, during the 10 summer. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文, 根据所读内容, 在文章后的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Now, more and more children take mobile phones. As a result, they spend most of their time on screen. It has been a big problem which always worries parents. Here are some suggestions on how parents can balance screen time with playtime. Make rules around screen time early on Before giving your child their first smart phone, make sure that both you and your child learn about online protection, like how to step away from bad apps. These basic but important rules can lead your child to inform you if they receive any texts from someone they don’t know and not to share their personal information online. Make a contract (约定) for the whole family Come up with the contract together — it could cover everything, such as how long the child can spend in front of screen, what games he can play without supervision (监管) and how to be punished if he breaks the family law. Lead by example When making contracts with your child, remember they will be more willing to follow rules if you do, too. As a parent, it’s important to be a good model for your child, not only with regards to technology but within everyday life. When stepping away from technology, it offers a chance for you all to spend quality time together, knowing one another better. Find the value of physical play It’s clear that you can’t keep children from enjoying screen time. You should find a happy way to help kids to be kids, also let them keep up with, and feel a part of the modern world. You can replace screen time with play and physical activity, and even reward your child with items they enjoy if they reduce the time they spend on screen. How to 11 your children’s screen time Parents are worried that their children spend most time on screen. Some 12 for parents Make rules early Learn to protect yourselves online, like 13 bad apps. ? With the rules, your child will inform you when receiving texts from 14 . ? never share his personal information online. Make a 15 contract Each member should join in. Everything could be covered: ? the time 16 front of the screen. ? the games played with supervision. ? the punishment if the family law is 17 . Lead by example ? Parents should be good models for your children. ? Stepping away from technology can help you all be 18 . Find the value of physical play ? It is 19 for you to stop them enjoying screen time, but you can replace screen time with play and physical activity. ? Reward children if they spend 20 time on screen. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)Do you know the idea of game literacy (素养)? Literacy is the ability to read, write, speak and listen in a way that lets us communicate and learn about the world. Game literacy on the other hand means people are able to access (接触), understand, critically evaluate (批判性地评价) and even create games. On Feb 13, a report on video game literacy among young Chinese people was released by the China Audio-Video and Digital Publishing Association (CADPA). The report showed that Chinese teenagers’ game literacy has improved, with the overall score reaching 81.38 out of 100. For example, more than 60 percent of teenagers can identify (识别) whether the information in games follows historical facts or reality. And 55.3 percent can recognize bad information. Over 75 percent of teenage gamers also have a strong awareness (意识) of the negative impact (负面影响) of games, and have a sense of self-control while playing games. They have limited their playing time to three hours a week. Still, there are gender (性别) and regional gaps (地区差异) in game literacy. Boys, who are usually more interested in games, have better game literacy than girls. Teenagers in first-and second-tier cities perform better than the students in rural areas. Another problem is that teenagers are short of awareness of how to protect privacy (隐私). It’s easy for them to share personal information with other gamers. To improve the situation, experts suggest highly promoting the idea of game literacy. It’s necessary for family, school and community to work together. They can combine (结合) literacy education with family, schools and public activities. More attention should be paid to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap as well. Game literacy Meaning of game literacy People have 21 to access, understand, critically evaluate and even create games. Improvement of game literacy ◆More than 60 percent of teenagers can identify whether the 22 in games follows historical facts or reality. ◆55.3 percent can recognize information that is 23 for us. ◆Over 75 percent of teenage gamers are also aware of the negative impact of games, and can learm to 24 themselves while playing games. 25 of game literacy now ◆Boys show a better 26 in it than girls do. ◆Teenagers in rural areas don’t have the 27 game literacy as those in first-and second-tier cities. ◆Teenagers 28 give out personal information instead of protecting privacy. Advice on promoting game literacy ◆Family, school and communty 29 to work together. ◆We should 30 more attention to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文根据所读内容在文章后第1-10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词,并将答案填写在答题卡标号为1-10的相应位置上。注意:每个空格只填一个单词。 Communication is important to strengthen family relationships. However, if you don’t truly listen to others, it can be difficult to communicate. Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds. Stay in the present. When listening to a family member, do not think about anything else. Put your phone away and give the speaker your full attention. It’s important to try to stay in the present to make your family member feel heard and valued. Pay attention to what is being said. Make understanding of the speaker’s thoughts the most important thing at the moment. Use body language If you want the family member to feel valued, be sure to show that you are listening. You can do it by using body language. Nod as the speaker talks. Smile when it is suitable. Keep eye contact. Do not cut in Cutting in can prevent you from communicating effectively. No matter how excited you feel about a subject, do not start talking until the family member has finished. Always allow a few seconds of silence after the speaker finishes talking before offering your reply. This allows you to make sure the speaker has finished, and gives the speaker a chance to fully express himself. Ask questions Part of listening is understanding. If there is anything in the conversation you don’t understand, please ask after the family member finishes. This shows you are truly listening to him and value his thoughts. Ask questions that encourage open discussions. For example, “What do you think of the situation?” Don’t ask “why” questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable. Follow these tips, listen actively to your family to help communication run smoothly and build strong family relationships. How to be a good 31 to your family Reason Working on your listening skills helps you have better 32 and form stronger family relationships Tips for 33 listening skills 34 in the present When listening to your family member, do not think about 35 things. It is the most important thing to understand the speaker. Use body language 36 as the speaker talks, smiling when it’s suitable and keeping eye contact can show that you are listening. Do not cut in 37 until the family member has finished talking. A moment of silence is needed to allow the speaker to fully 38 himself. Ask questions Ask questions that encourage open discussions like “What do you think of the situation?” 39 ask “why” questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable Conclusion Listen 40 to your family and build strong family relationships. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文,根据所读内容,在文章后1-8小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 If you want to know which social app Chinese young people use a lot now, you had better not miss “smart videos”. Some users use apps like TikTok (抖音) and Kuaishou because they think it is fun to share short videos about their lives, while others have different purposes (目的) as well. A 12-year-old user named Elsa has up to 2.7 million followers on TikTok. The girl has shared videos about her dancing studies since last July. One of the two million fans. “I feel really happy to go on sharing happiness with other people by short videos,” said Elsa. As some videos are about the latest news, a group of users depend on (依靠) them to get information. To some other users, they have a different purpose. “Because I can’t spend many hours watching a complete video and I am a very impatient (不耐烦的) person. I don’t like waiting for a program to end. I choose to watch??short videos of wonderful parts in a concert or a TV series,” said Wang Zhihao. However, some young Chinese feel bored with some short videos. “Killing time is the main reason for me to watch the short videos, but many are almost the same, so I think it is a waste of time. Moreover, I really don’t like the videos which show strange even dangerous things,” said Wen Nan, another college student. Recently, something else has happened. Some videos are asking people to buy some expensive products (产品). Some users buy the products after watching, but they should think carefully. Otherwise, they may regret (后悔) soon. Some short videos even sell fake (假的) products, but these sellers won’t offer any service (服务) like letting you get your money back, or dealing with your trouble. The use of short videos in 41 An introduction to short videos ●Short videos, including TikTok and Kuaishou, are very 42 now. ●Some users share short videos for 43 while others share for other purposes. Reasons for short videos ●Elsa feels happy to 44 sharing videos with others. ●A group of people like 45 short videos to get information about the latest news. ●To users who are not patient enough, it takes 46 time to watch short videos. Reasons 47 short videos ● Wen Nan believes that they shouldn’t spend too much time on short videos 48 many of them are almost the same. ● Some users easily buy products which are introduced in the videos 49 thinking carefully, and they may regret soon. ●Some short videos sell fake products, but they don’t 50 buyers with any service after selling. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文,根据所读内容,在文章后小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Are “wuxia” novels still a hit? YES! I started to read wuxia novels when I was in Grade 3 because my parents spent a lot of time on them and tried to get these books in different ways, which they considered as treasure of them. More importantly, they often told me stories about heroes in Jin Yong’s works, which made me interested in. When I picked one up, I couldn’t stop reading because the plots (情节) are just full of colors. Just as the saying goes, what we read makes us who we are. Peng Jiqi,16 YES! I began to read wuxia novels last winter vacation and was soon fascinated (着迷) by the brave adventures (冒险) of the characters created by Jin Yong. I’d imagine myself competing with others at the top of Mount Hua. These have given me long-lasting fun memories. Times may change, but chivalrousness (义) won’t. Wuxia novels, showing the kindness and courage of humans, will never die. Peng Zihao,15 NO! I like reading sci-fi (科幻) novels better than wuxia ones. Although I have read many wuxia novels like The Legend of the Condor Heroes (《射雕英雄传》), sci-fi novels suit me more. Wuxia novels have interesting plots and vivid characters, but they give me a feeling that they belong to an old time. In wuxia novels, the main characters are always the strongest and sometimes the stories are too far away from us. Li Chonglin,16 NO! I always say no to wuxia novels because they are full of silly fights. What I am interested in are suspense (悬疑) novels, especially the series of the medical examiner (法医), Dr Qin. Since I dream of being a medical examiner in the future, those stories are a good way for me to know something about the amazing job. Every time l read these novels, it’s totally a pleasant time for me. In short, it seems true that wuxia novels will disappear in recent years. For our new generation, many of us will choose other kinds of novels. Wen Zifan,17 Attitudes Students Their Reading 51 Over The Years For Peng Jiqi, 16 ?She started to read them when she was at the 52 school. ?Her parents like 53 wuxia novels so this made her fall in love with them, too. ?She showed a great interest in heroes from the works by Jin Yong because of the colorful plots. Peng Zihao, 15 ?He started reading them last winter vacation and fell in love with them soon. ?He’d imagine himself competing with others at the top of Mount Hua. ?He believes that wuxia novels will always stay 54 . 55 Li Chonglin, 16 ?He likes sci-fi novels instead of wuxia ones. ?He has read many wuxia novels, but he is more interested in sci-fi ones. ?He feels that wuxia novels has nothing to do with the 56 times. ?The stories in sci-fi novels make him feel 57 to the real world than those in wuxia novels. Wen Zifan, 17 ?She dislikes reading wuxia novels because she thinks they are 58 with fights. ?She dreams of being a medical examiner, so suspense novels can provide her with much 59 for this job. ?She thinks that wuxia novels are not 60 among young people in recent years. (22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下面一段短文, 并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词,每个空格只填一个单词。 Space tourism is space travel for fun. What was once only a dream is now becoming a reality. After the first man landed on the moon in 1969, some scientists thought that hotels would be built on the moon in the 21st century. They also considered the possibility that families might go for a holiday on the moon. Neither of these predictions (预测) have come true yet—but the rapid development of technology may make these predictions come true. Some companies tried to send tourists into space successfully, but it was too expensive. In order to make it cheaper, suborbital (亚轨道的) space travel is a choice for many companies. Passengers can go to a height of between 100 and 160 km above earth, experience 3-6 minutes of weightlessness and a view of the stars. and then come back down to earth. This costs about $100, 000 per person. While it could be an amazing experience, there are some problems with space tourism. Many people believe that it could make global warming (全球变暖) worse and it is not good for the ozone layer??(臭氧层). What’s worse, there are still millions of people worldwide who couldn’t pay for it. 61 is space tourism? Introduction The 62 of space travel is becoming a reality. Facts ?In 1969, the first man landed on the moon. ?Some companies 63 to send tourists into space. ?Many companies choose suborbital space travel because of the 64 price. ?Passengers can go 65 above earth and have a weightless experience. Predictions ?People would 66 hotels on the moon in the 21st century. ?Families might go for a holiday on the moon. The rapid development of technology may help 67 these predictions. 68 ?Many people believe it is 69 for the ozone layer. ?Millions of people worldwide couldn’t pay for the 70 . (22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下面的短文,并根据所读内容,在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰的单词。(注意:每个空格只填一个单词) As the saying goes, “a good neighbour is better than a brother far off.” But noisy neighbours are a common problem in a society where many people live closely together. And this can be most important when you share walls or floors with neighbours in a flat. A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life, if noise goes well into night,or happens during early morning hours. This situation needs to be dealt with properly. You should first try to tell your noisy neighbour about the noise. This conversation should be friendly and polite. It can begin with a sentence like “I am not sure if you realize…”. Explain the problem in an honest way, and ask the neighbour to turn down the music, or not to hold parties until 3 am. You can also add that you realize they hear your noise too, and you are certainly willing to try to stop anything in your behaviour that is making noise. You should also know that not all neighbours are going to follow your requirement(要求), and some may act in a bad manner. If the noisy neighbours don’t change their behaviour, the next step should be to write the neighbours a letter. The letter should show your feelings and the dates when the noise was quite terrible. When the noise continues going on, you should report it to the community, or even the police station, when it’s really necessary. Often, however, the problem is solved when the noisy neighbour knows you are going to call the police. But you should know that you cannot always expect noisy neighbours to be quiet. When the noise continues going on, it is not wise to be angry or do something against the law. If you have completed the steps and letter, don’t hit walls or floors around in your home or turn up the music. Just keep in mind not to get angry so easily and don’t stop communicating. 71 to deal with the noise of neighbours Introduction A noisy neighbour can 72 trouble, so we should deal with the problem properly. Useful advice Talking with your neighbor ●Start the conversation in a friendly way and talk with them 73 . ●Explain the problem in a (an) 74 way and ask them to be quieter. ●Make them believe that you will not make too much noise either. Writing 75 to your neighbour ●Take the next step if the neighbours don’t 76 your requirement or change their behaviour. ●Tell them 77 you felt and when the noise was quite terrible. Reporting to the community or police ●Report it to the community when the noise continues going on. ●Call the police if communication doesn’t 78 . Conclusion 79 hitting the walls or floors since it’s not wise to be angry with your neighbours. 80 to be patient and don’t stop communicating. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)请认真阅读下列短文,根据所读内容在文章后表格中第1-10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Class Afloat is a Canadian school on a tall ship. The ship is 210 feet long and 30 feet wide, and it can take up to sixty students. The classrooms are well-equipped and comfortable. Not all the students are Canadian. There’s usually a mix of nationalities (国籍). This year, there are also students from Mexico, the US, Germany, and Turkey. There’s a mix of ages too. There are high school students sixteen to eighteen years old, and first-year college students. The teachers design special study programs for each student. Because the school is a ship, you can do some exciting classes, for example, Marine Biology (studying the animals and plants in the sea) and History of Geography courses about the places you visit. Students don’t just study. They must also clean, cook and sail the ship. In their free time, students can rest, read, or watch a movie. Every sixteen to twenty days, the ship stops in a port for three to six days. In port there’s lots for the students to do—camping trips, museum tours, cultural events, hiking, etc. Students also take part in two volunteer programs in Senegal and the Dominican Republic. They help local families in different ways. Students learn how, with just a little money and time, they can make changes that improve (改善) other people’s lives. A school on a sailing ship 81 of the ship It’s 210 feet long and 30 feet wide. Classrooms They are well-equipped and 82 . Students They come from 83 countries. They’re from high schools or 84 . Special study programs Marine Biology and History of Geography make students feel?? 85 Work & Play Students must do some jobs like cleaning, 86 and sailing. Students can watch movies or read books when they are 87 . In port The ship stops in a port 88 a long journey. There are lots of activities for students to do. Volunteer programs Students 89 in two volunteer programs. They learn how to 90 a little money and time to improve other people’s lives. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)Travelling is one of the most important activities for people. Modern traffic develops fast, so travelling to different places has become much faster than before. Staying healthy while travelling can make your trip happier. But do you know how to keep healthy during a trip? The following information may be useful to you. Before leaving, you should prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and a pair of sunglasses for yourself. Take some necessary medicine with you. They can be used when you get sick or have other problems. Do some exercise for weeks or months before you leave if you plan to do lots of walking or climbing during your trip. Prepare proper food. Before you prepare the food, the first thing you need to think about is how long you will travel with the food. If you take a long trip, you should bring food such as bread, biscuits and some fruit. They don’t go bad quickly. For shorter trip, people can bring meat, fish, eggs, milk and even salads and vegetables. During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit. Have enough time to take a rest during your trip. Tap water is not safe, so drink bottled water and remember to clean the cover of the bottle. Keep food in good condition. If you take hot food, you should try to keep it hot. For example, you can put it in heavy towels. If you need to keep cold food cold, you can put it in a box with ice. When you arrive, put it in the fridge. How to keep 91 during a trip Before leaving ●Prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and 92 . ●Take some necessary 93 with you. ●Exercise for weeks or months 94 you leave. ●Prepare proper food. Take bread, biscuits and some fruit for a 95 trip or bring meat, fish, eggs, milk and even salads and vegetables for a shorter one. While 96 ● 97 eat dirty food or bad fruit. ● Have enough 98 to take a rest during your trip. ● Drink 99 water and remember to clean the cover. ● Keep food in good condition. Don’t 100 to keep hot food hot and cold food cold. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读短文,在文章后的表格中第1~10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 ???While dogs are the most popular household pets, cats run a close second. Cats are not often noticed by people choosing a new four-legged friend. An animal expert explains why they make fantastic friends. Cats VS Dogs It seems that many people likes dogs better than cats. Often people who grew up with dogs find it difficult to imagine(想象)owning and loving cats. But they can be surprised to learn how friendly and responsive cats are. Good points of keeping cats Cats are always in small size. They can be a great pet choice for people with limited space and busy lifestyles. They don’t have the exercise requirements(需求)like dogs. Moreover, they are quiet and clean, and they can be happy to be left alone indoors. Cats can be very playful and interactive(互动的)with children and offer them chances(机会)to learn to care for another living being. Keeping dogs and cats together Dogs and cats can become great friends, especially(尤其)if they are raised at the same time. They can become friends with each other. The younger, the better. Help to decide If you never actually own the cat, but are thinking of it, talk to cat owners or offer to help a cat owner. You could go to an animal center and play with cats. It helps decide if you might enjoy their companionship(陪伴). You may be surprised to find how wonderful cats really are. 101 for keeping cats as pets Facts Cats are the second most popular household pets. There are 102 cat lovers than dog lovers. It is 103 for people growing up with dogs to own and love cats. Qualities Like dogs, cats are also 104 and responsive friends. Compared with dogs, cats are quieter and 105 . Advantages Cats are fit for people 106 enough space in their houses. Cats don’t need as much 107 as dogs do, and they like to be at home alone. Children can learn to take 108 of cats by playing with them. The earlier owners raise cats and dogs together, the more 109 they can make friends with each other. Ways to help make a 110 Talk with or help cat owners. Visit an animal centre and spend some time with cats. (21-22八年级下·江苏镇江·期中) One of the most powerful tools is mind map. You can use it to improve your reading skills. You can make a mind map by using a pen and paper easily. The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page. Inside your circle, write down the main idea of your mind map. For example, if you were making a mind map about the geography of the United States, then you would write down “the geography of the United States” inside your circle in the middle of the page. Next you draw branches(分支)from your central idea. Just like a tree grows branches. Draw a line moving away from the central theme. For the geography of the United States, you will draw 50 lines. Each line represents(代表)one of 50 states(州). Each of the lines can have branches off of each. These would represent the main example under each category(分类). For example, under the line with the title(标题)“Texas”, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like “South Dallas” and “Highland Park”. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree. Mind map helps improve your understanding because they make you quickly find the relationships between main ideas, categories, examples, and details. But if you use more traditional note-taking ways, the result is not the same. 阅读以上信息,用恰当的单词完成下面的表格,每空一词。 The Most Powerful Tool of 111 Reading Skills Name of the tool Mind map. It’s 112 to use a pen and paper to make a mind map. 113 of making mind map ? Draw a 114 in the middle of the page. ? Write the theme of your mind map 115 the circle. ? Draw branches from the central idea, for example, if you 116 down “the geography of America” in the central circle, the branches can be 50 lines. They 117 for 50 states of the USA. ? 118 to draw lines from each of the 50 lines 119 the details under each state. Advantages of making mind map Make you find the relationships between main idea and other details more 120 than traditional note-taking ways. (21-22八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下列短文,根据短文中的信息完成文后的表格。(每空一词) We are all asked to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don't do a very good job. This article gives us some advice on how to give a good speech. So, you have to give a speech and you’re afraid. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest. Later you think, “Thank Goodness! It’s over. I’m just not good at public speaking. I hope I will never have to do that again.” Cheer up! It doesn’t have to be that bad. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the reason for your speech. What is the reason? Why are you speaking? Then collect as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend a lot of time organizing your speech so that it is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts(图表)if they help make your points clearer. Never forget your audience. Treat your audience with respect(尊重). They will like listening to you more. Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience and the reason. Be easy and short. Say what you have to say and then stop. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make persontoperson communication with your audience well. If you follow these simple steps, you will find yourself confident of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You don’t believe that? Give it a try and see what happens. 121 on making a good speech Problems You feel 122 nervous to remember what you want to say. You talk too much, the audience may not be?? 123 in it. Usually, you hope the speech will end as soon as possible. 124 to follow Knowing 125 you have to give the speech. 126 much time organizing your speech. Using examples and choosing the possible pictures, charts that may help you express your points more 127 . Avoiding using too difficult words or looking down on your audience. Summary Be well prepared. Remember to say something 128 . It is your personality that will help you 129 with your audience well. Conclusion If you follow these steps, you will have?? 130 when you make speeches. 参考答案: 1.falls/comes 2.because 3.started/began/appeared 4.with 5.Custom 6.egg 7.prepare 8.wins 9.popular 10.whole 【分析】本文主要介绍了24节气中的立夏,及其习俗。 1.根据“The Start of Summer, one of the 24 solar terms (节气) in China always falls on the 5th or 6th of May each year.”可知,立夏通常在每年的5月5日或6日。falls=comes“到来”,故填falls/comes。 2.根据“It’s the tie for the harvest of wheat and other summer crops. For this reason, the Start of Summer has been labeled with great importance since ancient times in China”可知,因为这是小麦和其他夏季作物收获的季节,所以自古以来,立夏在中国就被赋予了重要的意义,空后表示原因,所以用because引导原因状语从句,故填because。 3.根据“It was set during the end of the Warring States Period.”可知,它始于/出现春秋战国时期,start/begin“开始”;appear“出现”,时态是一般过去时,所以空处用动词的过去式,故填started/began/appeared。 4.根据“In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself led his officials and people to welcome the Start of Summer.”可知,在周朝,皇帝和他的官员和人民一起庆祝立夏,with“和”,故填with。 5.根据“There are many customs on this day and the egg competition is one of them.”和右侧“Hanging and eating eggs ...”可知,这里是介绍立夏的其中一个风俗,custom“风俗习惯”,故填Custom。 6.根据“Hanging eggs help children...for summer.”可知,此处介绍的是“鸡蛋”比赛,egg“鸡蛋”,用单数名词作定语,故填egg。 7.根据“In summer, with increasing temperature, it is easy for children to feel weak”和“Hanging an egg on children’s chest can prevent them from getting summer diseases”可知,悬挂鸡蛋是为夏天做准备,prepare for“为……做准备”,help sb do sth“帮助某人做某事”。故填prepare。 8.根据“The person who has the hardest egg is the champion (冠军).”可知,谁的蛋最硬,谁就是冠军,即谁就会赢得比赛,win“赢得”,时态是一般现在时,主语是the person,谓语动词用三单形式,故填wins。 9.根据“Today people of all ages still like weighing themselves.”可知,现在,各个年龄段的人都喜欢称体重,也就是说在这一天称体重在各个年龄段的人们中都很流行,popular“流行的”,形容词作表语,故填popular。 10.根据“ It is believed that one weighs oneself on this day will have a strong body through the summer.”可知,人们相信,在这一天称体重的人整个夏天都会有一个强壮的身体。the whole summer“整个夏天”,故填whole。 11.control 12.suggestions/tips/advice 13.avoiding 14.strangers 15.family 16.spent 17.broken 18.closer 19.impossible 20.less 【分析】本文针对政府是否应该负责限制孩子们花在网上的时间,几个孩子给出了自己的看法。 11.根据第一段可知,现如今越来越多的孩子花很多时间手机在屏幕上。这个问题一直很困扰家长。此处就关于父母如何控制孩子看屏幕的时间给出了几点建议。此处应用control表示“控制”。故填control。 12.根据第一段中“Here are some suggestions on how parents can balance screen time with playtime.”可知,此处就关于父母如何控制孩子看屏幕的时间给出了几点建议。表示“建议”的英文表达为可数名词suggestions、tips或不可数名词advice。故填suggestion/tips/advice。 13.根据“Make rules around screen time early on”建议中的“Before giving your child their first smart phone, make sure that both you and your child learn about online protection, like how to step away from bad apps. ”此处指远离不良应用程序,“step away from远离”的同义表达为“avoid from”。介词like后应用ing形式。故填avoiding。 14.根据“Make rules around screen time early on”建议中的描述“…inform you if they receive any texts from someone they don’t know and not to share their personal information online.”可知,此处“收到网上不认识的人的短信”应指“陌生人”,其英文表达为stranger,此处表泛指,应用其复数形式。故填strangers。 15.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述可知,此处是指制定“家庭”条约。故填family。故填family。 16.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述“how long the child can spend in front of screen”可知,此处指家庭条约中约定用在屏幕前的时间限制。表格中“the time…front of the screen.”,主语“the time”与“spend”之间是被动关系。故填spent。 17.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述“how to be punished if he breaks the family law.”可知,此处是指如果违反了家庭法则将会受到怎样的惩罚。表格中“if the family law is …”,主语“the family law”与“break”之间是被动关系。故填broken。 18.根据“Lead by example”建议中的描述“When stepping away from technology, it offers a chance for you all to spend quality time together, knowing one another better.”可知,远离科技产品,彼此就能增进彼此的了解,彼此的感情就会“更近”。故填closer。 19.根据“Find the value of physical play”建议中的描述“It’s clear that you can’t keep children from enjoying screen time.”可知,你无法阻止孩子们享受屏幕时间,换句话说,你要阻止孩子不看屏幕是不可能的。“impossible不可能的”。故填impossible。 20.根据“Find the value of physical play”建议中的描述“even reward your child with items they enjoy if they reduce the time they spend on screen”可知,此处是指孩子们减少看屏幕的时间,也就是“花更少的时间”在屏幕上。故填less。 21.abilities 22.information 23.bad 24.control 25.Differences 26.interest 27.same 28.easily 29.need 30.pay 【分析】本文针对青少年的游戏素养展开讨论,专家建议家庭、学校和社区需要共同努力,提高游戏素养,帮助学生正确使用互联网。 21.根据“Game literacy on the other hand means people are able to access (接触), understand, critically evaluate (批判性地评价) and even create games.”可知,游戏素养意味着人们能够接触、理解、批判性地评估甚至创造游戏。空处应该填入一个名词,able的名词为ability,此处用其复数表示泛指。故填abilities。 22.根据“more than 60 percent of teenagers can identify (识别) whether the information in games follows historical facts or reality.”可知,超过60%的青少年能分辨出游戏中的信息是历史事实还是现实。故填information。 23.根据“And 55.3 percent can recognize bad information.”可知,55.3%的人能识别出不良信息。故填bad。 24.根据“Over 75 percent of teenage gamers also have a strong awareness (意识) of the negative impact (负面影响) of games, and have a sense of self-control while playing games.”可知,超过75%的青少年玩家也意识到游戏的负面影响,并且在玩游戏时具有自制力,control themselves“控制他们自己”,动词不定式符号to后接动词原形。故填control。 25.根据“Still, there are gender (性别) and regional gaps (地区差异) in game literacy.”可知,在游戏素养方面存在性别和地区差异。空处应该填入一个名词,difference“差异”符合题意,此处用其复数表示泛指,句首单词首字母要大写。故填Differences。 26.根据“Boys, who are usually more interested in games, have better game literacy than girls.”可知,男孩通常对游戏更感兴趣,他们比女孩有更好的游戏素养。空处应该填入一个名词,interest“兴趣”符合题意。故填interest。 27.根据“Teenagers in first-and second-tier cities perform better than the students in rural areas.”可知,一二线城市的青少年比农村地区的学生表现得更好,即他们没有相同的游戏素养。空处应该填入一个形容词,same“相同的”符合题意。故填same。 28.根据“It’s easy for them to share personal information with other gamers.”可知,青少年很容易与其他玩家分享个人信息。空处应该填一个副词修饰动词give,easy的副词easily“容易地”符合题意。故填easily。 29.根据“It’s necessary for family, school and community to work together.”可知,家庭、学校和社区必须共同努力。空处需填入一个动词,need“需要”符合题意。故填need。 30.根据“More attention should be paid to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap as well.”可知,我们应该更多地关注欠发达地区,以弥合游戏素养差距。情态动词should后接动词原形。故填pay。 31.listener 32.communication 33.improving 34.Stay 35.other 36.Nodding 37.Wait 38.express 39.Don’t/Never 40.actively 【分析】本文讲述了努力提高倾听能力可以帮助你更好地沟通。 31.根据“Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds.”可知本文主要讲的是在沟通里倾听的重要性,因此此空是listener“倾听者”,空前有a,用单数,故填listener。 32.根据“Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds.”可知,努力提高倾听能力可以帮助你更好地沟通,communication“交流”,不可数名词。故填communication。 33.根据“Stay in the present.”、“Use body language”、“Do not cut in”、“Ask questions”可知,都是提高倾听能力的建议,介词for后接improve“提高”的动名词形式。故填improving。 34.根据“Stay in the present.”可知,需要专注当下,此空用动词stay原形。故填Stay。 35.根据“When listening to a family member, do not think about anything else.”可知,当听家人说话的时候,不要想其他的事情。other“其它的”后接名词复数things。故填other。 36.根据“Nod as the speaker talks. Smile when it is suitable. Keep eye contact.”可知,说话者说话时要点头。此处是nod“点头”动名词形式做“can show”的主语。故填Nodding。 37.根据“do not start talking until the family member has finished.”可知,在家人说完之前,不要开始说话。祈使句,用wait“等待”的原形。故填Wait。 38.根据“This allows you to make sure the speaker has finished, and gives the speaker a chance to fully express himself.”可知,这使您可以确保说话者说完了,并给了说话者充分表达自己的机会。express“表达”,allow sb to do“允许某人做”,故填express。 39.根据“Don’t ask ‘why’ questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable.”可知,不要问“为什么”的问题,这可能会让说话者感到不舒服。Don’t/Never“不”,故填Don’t/Never。 40.根据“Follow these tips, listen actively to your family to help communication run smoothly and build strong family relationships.”可知,遵循这些建议,积极倾听家人的意见能帮助沟通顺利进行,并建立牢固的家庭关系。副词actively“积极地”作状语,故填actively。 41.China 42.popular 43.fun 44.continue 45.using/watching 46.less 47.against 48.because 49.without 50.provide 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了当前最流行的短视频apps,以及人们对此的一些看法。 41.根据第一段“If you want to know which social app Chinese young people use a lot now, you had better not miss “smart videos”.”可知,本文介绍了中国的短视频。故填China。 42.根据第一段内容可知,包括抖音和快手在内的短视频apps非常受欢迎。故填popular。 43.根据第一段“Some users use apps like TikTok and Kuaishou because they think it is fun to share short videos about their lives, while others have different purposes as well.”可知,一些使用者分享短视频是为了乐趣。故填fun。 44.根据第二段“I feel really happy to go on sharing happiness with other people by short videos”可知,Elsa认为继续与别人分享视频很快乐,continue“继续”,不定式符号to后跟动词原形。故填continue。 45.根据第三段“As some videos are about the latest news, a group of users depend on them to get information”可知,一些用户喜欢使用/观看短视频来获取信息,use“使用”/watch“看”,like doing sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填using/watching。 46.根据第三段“Because I can’t spend many hours watching a complete video and I am a very impatient person”可知,对于没有足够耐心的用户来说,观看短视频花费的时间更少,应用less“更少的”修饰不可数名词time。故填less。 47.此栏对应的内容都是反对短视频的理由,against“反对”符合语境。故填against。 48.根据第四段“many are almost the same, so I think it is a waste of time”可知,文南认为他们不应该在短视频上花太多时间,因为很多短视频几乎是一样的,应用because“因为”引导原因状语从句。故填because。 49.根据第五段“Some users buy the products after watching, but they should think carefully”可知,有些用户不经过仔细思考就轻易购买了视频中介绍的产品,介词without“没有”符合语境。故填without。 50.根据最后一句“Some short videos even sell fake products, but these sellers won’t offer any service like letting you get your money back, or dealing with your trouble.”可知,一些短视频销售假冒产品,但他们不为买家提供任何售后服务,provide sb. with sth.“为某人提供某物”,助动词don’t后跟动词原形。故填provide。 51.Habits 52.primary 53.reading 54.alive 55.Against 56.new 57.closer 58.filled 59.knowledge 60.popular 【分析】本文主要介绍了四位同学对“武侠小说是否还受欢迎”的看法及平时的阅读习惯。 51.根据整篇文章可知,文中介绍了四位同学对“武侠小说是否还受欢迎”的看法及平时的阅读“习惯”。故填Habits。 52.根据文中“I started to read wuxia novels when I was in Grade 3 …”可知,她“小学”就开始读武侠小说。故填primary。 53.根据文中“… my parents spent a lot of time on them and tried to get these books in different ways, which they considered as treasure of them.”可知,她的父母很喜欢“读”武侠小说。故填reading。 54.根据文中“Wuxia novels, showing the kindness and courage of humans, will never die.”可知,他认为武侠小说将会一直保持“活跃”。故填alive。 55.根据表格中空格上方对应的“For”可知,此空格是持相反意见的。故填Against。 56.根据文中“Wuxia novels have interesting plots and vivid characters, but they give me a feeling that they belong to an old time.”可知,武侠小说让他感觉属于过去,与“新”的时代无关。故填new。 57.根据文中“In wuxia novels, the main characters are always the strongest and sometimes the stories are too far away from us.”可知,他认为武侠小说中的故事离我们太远,科幻小说“更接近”真实的生活。故填closer。 58.根据文中“I always say no to wuxia novels because they are full of silly fights.”可知,她认为武侠小说“充满”打斗。故填filled。 59.根据文中“Since I dream of being a medical examiner in the future, those stories are a good way for me to know something about the amazing job.”可知,她认为悬疑小说能为法医这个职业提供很多的“知识”。故填knowledge。 60.根据文中“In short, it seems true that wuxia novels will disappear in recent years. For our new generation, many of us will choose other kinds of novels.”可知,她认为最近几年武侠小说在年轻人中不再“流行”。故填popular。 61.What 62.dream 63.tired 64.high 65.high 66.build 67.realize 68.Problems 69.bad 70.travel 【分析】本文介绍了太空旅行的发展及带来的问题。 61.通读全文,可知本文主要介绍了什么是太空旅行。需填特殊疑问词what“什么”,句首首字母大写。故填What。 62.根据第一段“What was once only a dream is now becoming a reality.” 可知,过去这只是一个梦想,现在变成了现实。可知此处缺少“梦想dream”。故填dream。 63.根据第三段“Some companies tried to send tourists into space successfully” 可知,一些公司试图把旅客成功送入太空,此处缺少“尝试”,根据时态一致原则可知,此处用一般过去时。故填tried。 64.根据第三段“In order to make it cheaper, suborbital (亚轨道的) space travel is a choice for many companies.” 可知为了使它更便宜,许多公司选择亚轨道的太空旅行。说明许多公司选择亚轨道是因为太空旅行价格太高。high表示“高的”, 形容词修饰名词price。故填high。 65.根据第三段“Passengers can go to a height of between 100 and 160 km above earth” 可知乘客可以去到离地球高的地方。high表示“高地”,为副词。故填high。 66.根据第二段“some scientists thought that hotels would be built on the moon in the 21st century”可知在21世纪人们可以在月球建酒店。would后面用动词原形, build表示“建立”。故填build。 67.根据第二段“but the rapid development of technology may make these predictions come true”可知科技的高速发展可以帮助实现这些预测。realize表示“实现”,help do表示“帮助做”。故填realize。 68.根据最后一段“While it could be an amazing experience, there are some problems with space tourism. 可知本段主要介绍太空旅行的问题的。标题首字母需大写。故填Problems。 69.根据最后一段“Many people believe that it could make global warming (全球变暖) worse and it is not good for the ozone layer (臭氧层).”可知,许多人相信这会使全球变暖的问题更严重,而且对臭氧层不好。be bad for表示“对……不好”。故填bad。 70.根据最后一段“What’s worse, there are still millions of people worldwide who couldn’t pay for it.” 可知,此外世界上仍然有很多人支付不起太空旅行。故此处需用it指代太空旅行。故填travel。 71.How/Ways/Steps 72.cause 73.politely 74.honest 75.letters 76.follow 77.how 78.work/help 79.Avoid 80.Remember 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了如果遇到吵闹的邻居,应该如何制止邻居扰民的行为。 71.根据“A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life, if noise goes well into night,or happens during early morning hours. This situation needs to be dealt with properly.”可知,文章主要讲如何应对吵闹的邻居或者应对吵闹邻居的方法或步骤,how to do sth“如何做某事”,way“方法”,step“步骤”,二者均为名词,文中给出了多个方法或步骤,所以名词使用复数形式。故填How/Ways/Steps。 72.根据“A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life”可知,邻居可以导致生活中的麻烦,这里放在can情态动词后,用动词原形。故填cause。 73.根据“This conversation should be friendly and polite. ”可知,应该友好且礼貌地展开谈话。这里修饰动词“talk”,应用副词。故填politely。 74.根据“Explain the problem in an honest way”可知,要诚实地去解释问题。这里修饰名词“way”,应用形容词。故填honest。 75.根据“ the next step should be to write the neighbours a letter.”可知,下一步是给邻居写信。“写信”地英文是“write letters”。故填letters。 76.根据“You should also know that not all neighbours are going to follow your requirement (要求), and some may act in a bad manner. ”可知,如果邻居前面没按要求来,就写信。此处放在助动词“don’t”后面,用动词原形。故填follow。 77.根据“The letter should show your feelings and the dates when the noise was quite terrible.”可知,在信中应告知邻居自己的感受。这里是宾语从句,表达“感受怎么样”用“how”引导。故填how。 78.根据“When the noise continues going on, you should report it to the community, or even the police station”可知,当前面的方法都不起作用或没有帮助,邻居依旧很吵闹,那么就可以找警察。work“起作用”,help“帮助”,二者均为动词,放在助动词后,用动词原形。故填work/help。 79.根据“don’t hit walls or floors around in your home or turn up the music.”可知,作者建议避免用砸墙等方式表示抗议,avoid doing sth“避免做某事”,此处是祈使句,动词用原形。故填Avoid。 80.根据“Just keep in mind not to get angry so easily and don’t stop communicating.”表示要牢记不要轻易生气,不要停止沟通,即:记得要耐心些,remember“记得”,此处是祈使句,动词用原形。故填Remember。 81.Size 82.comfortable 83.different 84.colleges 85.excited 86.cooking 87.free 88.for 89.join 90.spare/use 【分析】本文主要介绍了一所在轮船上开设的学校及学生们的学习和生活情况。 81.根据第一段“It’s 210 feet long and 30 feet wide.”可知说得是船的型号,根据表格第一列单词首字母都大写。故填Size。 82.根据第一段最后一句“The classrooms are well-equipped and comfortable.”可知,教室是设备精良并且舒服的。故填comfortable。 83.根据第二段头两句“Not all the students are Canadian. There’s usually a mix of nationalities.”可知,学生们来自不同的国家。故填different。 84.根据第二段最后一句“There are high school students sixteen to eighteen years old, and first-year college students.”可知,他们来自高中和大学,or是并列连词,前面是high schools,所以后面要填colleges。故填colleges。 85.根据第三段“Because the school is a ship, you can do some exciting classes, for example, Marine Biology (studying the animals and plants in the sea) and History of Geography courses about the places you visit.”可知,海洋生物学和地理史使学生们感到激动。故填excited。 86.根据第四段第一句“Students don’t just study. They must also clean, cook and sail the ship.”可知,学生们必须做一些像打扫、做饭、航行的工作,like是介词后加doing。故填cooking。 87.根据第四段第二句“In their free time, students can rest, read, or watch a movie.”可知,当他们有空时,学生们能够看电视或读书。故填free。 88.根据第五段第一句“Every sixteen to twenty days, the ship stops in a port for three to six days.”可知,每十六到二天,船会在一个港口停三天到六天,所以船需要长途旅行后才停在港口。for+一段时间,for a long journey“长途旅行”。故填for。 89.根据最后一段“Students also take part in two volunteer programs in Senegal and the Dominican Republic.”可知,学生们参加两个志愿者项目,take part in“参加”相当于“join in”。故填join。 90.根据最后一段“Students learn how, with just a little money and time, they can make changes that improve other people’s lives.”可知,学生们学习怎么用一些钱和时间来提高其他人的生活水平,此空缺一个动词,“use”使用;“spare”拿出(时间或金钱)。故填spare/use。 91.healthy 92.sunglasses 93.medicine 94.before 95.long 96.travelling/traveling 97.Don’t 98.time 99.bottled 100.forget 【分析】本文主要介绍了旅行前的准备工作和旅行中应该的一些事项。 91.根据“But do you know how to keep healthy during a trip?”及全文内容可知,本文是就如何在旅行中保持健康给出建议,keep healthy“保持健康”。故填healthy。 92.根据“Before leaving, you should prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and a pair of sunglasses for yourself.”可知,出发前,要准备舒适的鞋子、一顶帽子和一副太阳镜。故填sunglasses。 93.根据“Take some necessary medicine with you.”可知要带上必要的药。故填medicine。 94.根据“Do some exercise for weeks or months before you leave if you plan to do lots of walking or climbing during your trip.”可知在离开前要做几周或几个月锻炼。故填before。 95.根据“If you take a long trip, you should bring food such as bread, biscuits and some fruit. They don’t go bad quickly.”可知长途旅行要带上面包、饼干和水果。故填long。 96.根据“During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit.”结合右栏内容可知此处指旅途中的事情,用travel的现在分词形式travel(l)ing。故填travelling/traveling。 97.根据“During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit.”可知此处指不要吃脏东西或变质的水果,用祈使句的否定形式“Don’t+动词原形”。故填Don’t。 98.根据“Have enough time to take a rest during your trip.”可知要有足够时间休息。故填time。 99.根据“Tap water is not safe, so drink bottled water and remember to clean the cover of the bottle. ”可知要喝瓶装水。故填bottled。 100.根据“Keep food in good condition. If you take hot food, you should try to keep it hot. ... If you need to keep cold food cold, you can put it in a box with ice.”可知此处是讲不要忘了让热的食物保持热,让冷的食物保持冷,forget“忘记”,“Don’t”后接动词原形。故填forget。 101.Reasons 102.fewer 103.difficult/hard 104.friendly 105.cleaner 106.without 107.exercise 108.care 109.likely 110.decision 【分析】本文主要讲述了养猫的4条理由。 101.根据“An animal expert explains why they make fantastic friends.”和全文内容可知,主要讲述了养猫的4条理由,reasons“理由”,作标题,首字母大写,故填Reasons。 102.根据“It seems that many people likes dogs better than cats.”可知,很多人喜欢狗胜过猫,也就是说猫的爱好者比狗的爱好者少,fewer...than...“比……少”,故填fewer。 103.根据“Often people who grew up with dogs find it difficult to imagine(想象)owning and loving cats.”可知,养狗长大的人很难拥有并喜欢猫,结合it is,需要形容词,difficult/hard符合句意,故填difficult/hard。 104.根据“But they can be surprised to learn how friendly and responsive cats are.”可知,猫很友好,也能积极响应,故填friendly。 105.根据“Moreover, they are quiet and clean, and they can be happy to be left alone indoors.”可知,猫很安静,也爱干净,结合“quieter”,需要比较级,因此cleaner符合句意,故填cleaner。 106.根据“Cats are always in small size. They can be a great pet choice for people with limited space and busy lifestyles.”可知,猫的体型总是很小。对于空间有限、生活繁忙的人来说,它们是一个很好的宠物选择,也就是说猫适合那些没有足够空间的人,without“没有”符合句意,故填without。 107.根据“They don’t have the exercise requirements(需求)like dogs.”可知,猫不像狗那样有运动要求,因此exercise符合句意,故填exercise。 108.根据“Cats can be very playful and interactive(互动的)with children and offer them chances(机会)to learn to care for another living being.”可知,猫给孩子们机会学习照顾另一个生物,take care of“照顾”,故填care。 109.根据“They can become friends with each other. The younger, the better.”可知,主人越早把猫和狗养在一起,它们就越有可能成为朋友,be likely to do“有可能”,故填likely。 110.根据“Help to decide”可知,decide与make a decision同义,故填decision。 111.improving 112.easy 113.Steps/Tips 114.circle 115.in/inside 116.write 117.stand 118.Continue 119.with 120.quickly 【分析】本文介绍了提高你的阅读能力的最强大的工具之一——思维导图,包括其绘制步骤和优点。 111.根据“One of the most powerful tools is mind map. You can use it to improve your reading skills.”可知,思维导图是用来提高你的阅读能力的最强大的工具之一。介词of后接动词improve的动名词improving。故填improving。 112.根据“You can make a mind map by using a pen and paper easily.”可知,用笔和纸制作思维导图是很容易的。It’s后接形容词作表语。easily的形容词为easy。故填easy。 113.根据“The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page.”可知,这篇文章主要介绍了画思维导图的步骤或提示。应用名词step的复数形式steps或名词tip的复数形式tips,位于句首,首字母要大写。故填Steps/Tips。 114.根据“The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page.”可知,第一步是要在纸张的中央画一个圆圈。故填circle。 115.根据“Inside your circle, write down the main idea of your mind map.”可知,在圆圆的里面,写下思维导图的主题。“在……里面”可用介词in或inside。故填in/inside。 116.根据“For example, if you were making a mind map about the geography of the United States, then you would write down ‘the geography of the United States’ inside your circle in the middle of the page.”和“For the geography of the United States, you will draw 50 lines.”可知,例如,如果你正在制作一张关于美国地理的思维导图,那么你会在页面中间的圆圈内写下“美国地理”。关于美国的地理,你将画50条线。换句话说,从中心思想中画出分支,例如,如果你在中心圆圈中写下“美国地理”,分支可以是50条线。故填write。 117.根据“Each line represents(代表)one of 50 states(州).”可知,每一条线代表50个州之一。represent可用动词短语stand for表示,句子用一般现在时,主语They表示复数意义,谓语应用动词原形。故填stand。 118.根据“For example, under the line with the title(标题)‘Texas’, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like ‘South Dallas’ and ‘Highland Park’. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree.”可知,例如,在标题为“德克萨斯州”的下面,你会发现奥斯汀、休斯敦和达拉斯,你可能会画一系列的线来代表它的一些主要部分,比如“南达拉斯”和“高地公园”。你继续绘制思维导图,就像树上树枝的结构一样。由此说明,从50条线条中的每一条出发继续画出一些线条,在每一个州下面注上一些细节内容。go on doing sth与用动词短语continue to do sth来表示,位于句首,首字母要大写。故填Continue。 119.根据“For example, under the line with the title(标题)‘Texas’, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like ‘South Dallas’ and ‘Highland Park’. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree.”可知,例如,在标题为“德克萨斯州”的下面,你会发现奥斯汀、休斯敦和达拉斯,你可能会画一系列的线来代表它的一些主要部分,比如“南达拉斯”和“高地公园”。你继续绘制思维导图,就像树上树枝的结构一样。由此说明,从50条线条中的每一条出发继续画出一些线条,在每一个州下面注上一些细节内容。空格后为名词the details,此处可用介词with表示“带有”。故填with。 120.根据“Mind map helps improve your understanding because they make you quickly find the relationships between main ideas, categories, examples, and details. But if you use more traditional note-taking ways, the result is not the same.”可知,思维导图有助于提高你的理解力,因为它能让你快速找到主要想法、类别、示例和细节之间的关系。但如果你使用更传统的笔记方式,结果就不一样了。说明与传统的笔记方式相比,思维导图能让你更快地找到主题和其他细节之间的关系。故填quickly。 121.Advice 122.too 123.interested 124.Steps 125.why 126.Spending 127.clearly 128.necessary 129.communicate 130.confidence 【分析】本文介绍了如何做一个好的演讲的建议和方法。 121.根据“This article gives us some advice on how to give a good speech.”可知本文主要讲了如何做好演讲。故填Advice。 122.根据“You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest.”可知太紧张想不起来说什么,too…to“太……以至于……”。故填too。 123.根据“You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest”可知如果你说太多,听众可能会不感兴趣,be后跟形容词,be interested in“对……感兴趣”。故填interested。 124.根据“Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. ”可知本段主要讲了遵循的步骤,用可数名词复数表示。故填Steps。 125.根据“Ask yourself the reason for your speech. ”可知要知道你为什么要演讲。故填why。 126.根据“Spend a lot of time organizing your speech so that it is clear and easy to follow”可知要花很多时间组织演讲,用动名词开头。故填Spending。 127.根据“Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts(图表)if they help make your points clearer”可知使用更多的例子和图片可以帮你更清楚地表达观点。express为实义动词,用副词修饰。故填clearly。 128.根据“Be easy and short. Say what you have to say and then stop.”可知要让讲必要的东西,用形容词修饰不定代词。故填necessary。 129.根据“Let your personality come through so that you make persontoperson communication with your audience well”可知让你的个性表现出来,这样你就能很好地与观众进行面对面的交流,help sb do为固定搭配。故填communicate。 130.根据“If you follow these simple steps, you will find yourself confident of public speaking”可知遵循这些步骤做演讲时你会有自信心,用名词作宾语。故填confidence。

  • ID:4-19670515 2023-2024学年八年级英语下册(牛津译林版)期中专练-阅读填表(10空)13篇(含解析)

    初中英语/期中专区/八年级下册

    阅读填表(10空)13篇 (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中) The Start of Summer, one of the 24 solar terms (节气) in China always falls on the 5th or 6th of May each year. It was set during the end of the Warring States Period. During the Start of Summer time, all vegetation grows fast. It’s the tie for the harvest of wheat and other summer crops. For this reason, the Start of Summer has been labeled with great importance since ancient times in China. In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself led his officials and people to welcome the Start of Summer. Among the 24 solar terms, the Start of Summer is the most attractive to children. There are many customs on this day and the egg competition is one of them. In summer, with increasing temperature, it is easy for children to feel weak. There is an old Chinese saying which says, “Hanging an egg on children’s chest can prevent them from getting summer diseases”. On this day, parents prepare boiled eggs for their children. They put the egg in a knitted bag and hang the egg on the chests of their children. When at school, children gather together to hold the egg competition. There are two ends of an egg. The pointed end is the top and the round end is the bottom. In the competition, children let the pointed end of their egg hit the pointed end of their competitor’s egg. The children battle one by one and those whose eggs are broken will lose the game. The person who has the hardest egg is the champion (冠军). The custom to check one’s weight started from the Three Kingdoms Period. It is said that Zhao Zilong left Liu Bei’s son, A Dou, to Mrs. Sun in Wu State on the day of Start of Summer. Mrs. Sun weighed A Dou in front of Zhao Zilong and planned to weigh him again on the same day the next year to see if A Dou became stronger. Today people of all ages still like weighing themselves. It is believed that one weighs oneself on this day will have a strong body through the summer. The Start of Summer Facts It always 1 on the 5th or 6th of May each year. It has been very important since ancient times in China 2 it is time for harvesting. History It 3 during the end of the Warring States Period. In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself welcomed the Start of Summer 4 his officials and people. 5 The 6 competition Hanging eggs help children 7 for summer. The person who has the hardest egg 8 the game. Checking one’s weightWeighing oneself on this day is 9 among people of all ages. By doing so, people believe they will have a strong body, during the 10 summer. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文, 根据所读内容, 在文章后的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Now, more and more children take mobile phones. As a result, they spend most of their time on screen. It has been a big problem which always worries parents. Here are some suggestions on how parents can balance screen time with playtime. Make rules around screen time early on Before giving your child their first smart phone, make sure that both you and your child learn about online protection, like how to step away from bad apps. These basic but important rules can lead your child to inform you if they receive any texts from someone they don’t know and not to share their personal information online. Make a contract (约定) for the whole family Come up with the contract together — it could cover everything, such as how long the child can spend in front of screen, what games he can play without supervision (监管) and how to be punished if he breaks the family law. Lead by example When making contracts with your child, remember they will be more willing to follow rules if you do, too. As a parent, it’s important to be a good model for your child, not only with regards to technology but within everyday life. When stepping away from technology, it offers a chance for you all to spend quality time together, knowing one another better. Find the value of physical play It’s clear that you can’t keep children from enjoying screen time. You should find a happy way to help kids to be kids, also let them keep up with, and feel a part of the modern world. You can replace screen time with play and physical activity, and even reward your child with items they enjoy if they reduce the time they spend on screen. How to 11 your children’s screen time Parents are worried that their children spend most time on screen. Some 12 for parents Make rules early Learn to protect yourselves online, like 13 bad apps. ? With the rules, your child will inform you when receiving texts from 14 . ? never share his personal information online. Make a 15 contract Each member should join in. Everything could be covered: ? the time 16 front of the screen. ? the games played with supervision. ? the punishment if the family law is 17 . Lead by example ? Parents should be good models for your children. ? Stepping away from technology can help you all be 18 . Find the value of physical play ? It is 19 for you to stop them enjoying screen time, but you can replace screen time with play and physical activity. ? Reward children if they spend 20 time on screen. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)Do you know the idea of game literacy (素养)? Literacy is the ability to read, write, speak and listen in a way that lets us communicate and learn about the world. Game literacy on the other hand means people are able to access (接触), understand, critically evaluate (批判性地评价) and even create games. On Feb 13, a report on video game literacy among young Chinese people was released by the China Audio-Video and Digital Publishing Association (CADPA). The report showed that Chinese teenagers’ game literacy has improved, with the overall score reaching 81.38 out of 100. For example, more than 60 percent of teenagers can identify (识别) whether the information in games follows historical facts or reality. And 55.3 percent can recognize bad information. Over 75 percent of teenage gamers also have a strong awareness (意识) of the negative impact (负面影响) of games, and have a sense of self-control while playing games. They have limited their playing time to three hours a week. Still, there are gender (性别) and regional gaps (地区差异) in game literacy. Boys, who are usually more interested in games, have better game literacy than girls. Teenagers in first-and second-tier cities perform better than the students in rural areas. Another problem is that teenagers are short of awareness of how to protect privacy (隐私). It’s easy for them to share personal information with other gamers. To improve the situation, experts suggest highly promoting the idea of game literacy. It’s necessary for family, school and community to work together. They can combine (结合) literacy education with family, schools and public activities. More attention should be paid to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap as well. Game literacy Meaning of game literacy People have 21 to access, understand, critically evaluate and even create games. Improvement of game literacy ◆More than 60 percent of teenagers can identify whether the 22 in games follows historical facts or reality. ◆55.3 percent can recognize information that is 23 for us. ◆Over 75 percent of teenage gamers are also aware of the negative impact of games, and can learm to 24 themselves while playing games. 25 of game literacy now ◆Boys show a better 26 in it than girls do. ◆Teenagers in rural areas don’t have the 27 game literacy as those in first-and second-tier cities. ◆Teenagers 28 give out personal information instead of protecting privacy. Advice on promoting game literacy ◆Family, school and communty 29 to work together. ◆We should 30 more attention to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文根据所读内容在文章后第1-10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词,并将答案填写在答题卡标号为1-10的相应位置上。注意:每个空格只填一个单词。 Communication is important to strengthen family relationships. However, if you don’t truly listen to others, it can be difficult to communicate. Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds. Stay in the present. When listening to a family member, do not think about anything else. Put your phone away and give the speaker your full attention. It’s important to try to stay in the present to make your family member feel heard and valued. Pay attention to what is being said. Make understanding of the speaker’s thoughts the most important thing at the moment. Use body language If you want the family member to feel valued, be sure to show that you are listening. You can do it by using body language. Nod as the speaker talks. Smile when it is suitable. Keep eye contact. Do not cut in Cutting in can prevent you from communicating effectively. No matter how excited you feel about a subject, do not start talking until the family member has finished. Always allow a few seconds of silence after the speaker finishes talking before offering your reply. This allows you to make sure the speaker has finished, and gives the speaker a chance to fully express himself. Ask questions Part of listening is understanding. If there is anything in the conversation you don’t understand, please ask after the family member finishes. This shows you are truly listening to him and value his thoughts. Ask questions that encourage open discussions. For example, “What do you think of the situation?” Don’t ask “why” questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable. Follow these tips, listen actively to your family to help communication run smoothly and build strong family relationships. How to be a good 31 to your family Reason Working on your listening skills helps you have better 32 and form stronger family relationships Tips for 33 listening skills 34 in the present When listening to your family member, do not think about 35 things. It is the most important thing to understand the speaker. Use body language 36 as the speaker talks, smiling when it’s suitable and keeping eye contact can show that you are listening. Do not cut in 37 until the family member has finished talking. A moment of silence is needed to allow the speaker to fully 38 himself. Ask questions Ask questions that encourage open discussions like “What do you think of the situation?” 39 ask “why” questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable Conclusion Listen 40 to your family and build strong family relationships. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文,根据所读内容,在文章后1-8小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 If you want to know which social app Chinese young people use a lot now, you had better not miss “smart videos”. Some users use apps like TikTok (抖音) and Kuaishou because they think it is fun to share short videos about their lives, while others have different purposes (目的) as well. A 12-year-old user named Elsa has up to 2.7 million followers on TikTok. The girl has shared videos about her dancing studies since last July. One of the two million fans. “I feel really happy to go on sharing happiness with other people by short videos,” said Elsa. As some videos are about the latest news, a group of users depend on (依靠) them to get information. To some other users, they have a different purpose. “Because I can’t spend many hours watching a complete video and I am a very impatient (不耐烦的) person. I don’t like waiting for a program to end. I choose to watch??short videos of wonderful parts in a concert or a TV series,” said Wang Zhihao. However, some young Chinese feel bored with some short videos. “Killing time is the main reason for me to watch the short videos, but many are almost the same, so I think it is a waste of time. Moreover, I really don’t like the videos which show strange even dangerous things,” said Wen Nan, another college student. Recently, something else has happened. Some videos are asking people to buy some expensive products (产品). Some users buy the products after watching, but they should think carefully. Otherwise, they may regret (后悔) soon. Some short videos even sell fake (假的) products, but these sellers won’t offer any service (服务) like letting you get your money back, or dealing with your trouble. The use of short videos in 41 An introduction to short videos ●Short videos, including TikTok and Kuaishou, are very 42 now. ●Some users share short videos for 43 while others share for other purposes. Reasons for short videos ●Elsa feels happy to 44 sharing videos with others. ●A group of people like 45 short videos to get information about the latest news. ●To users who are not patient enough, it takes 46 time to watch short videos. Reasons 47 short videos ● Wen Nan believes that they shouldn’t spend too much time on short videos 48 many of them are almost the same. ● Some users easily buy products which are introduced in the videos 49 thinking carefully, and they may regret soon. ●Some short videos sell fake products, but they don’t 50 buyers with any service after selling. (22-23八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读下面短文,根据所读内容,在文章后小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Are “wuxia” novels still a hit? YES! I started to read wuxia novels when I was in Grade 3 because my parents spent a lot of time on them and tried to get these books in different ways, which they considered as treasure of them. More importantly, they often told me stories about heroes in Jin Yong’s works, which made me interested in. When I picked one up, I couldn’t stop reading because the plots (情节) are just full of colors. Just as the saying goes, what we read makes us who we are. Peng Jiqi,16 YES! I began to read wuxia novels last winter vacation and was soon fascinated (着迷) by the brave adventures (冒险) of the characters created by Jin Yong. I’d imagine myself competing with others at the top of Mount Hua. These have given me long-lasting fun memories. Times may change, but chivalrousness (义) won’t. Wuxia novels, showing the kindness and courage of humans, will never die. Peng Zihao,15 NO! I like reading sci-fi (科幻) novels better than wuxia ones. Although I have read many wuxia novels like The Legend of the Condor Heroes (《射雕英雄传》), sci-fi novels suit me more. Wuxia novels have interesting plots and vivid characters, but they give me a feeling that they belong to an old time. In wuxia novels, the main characters are always the strongest and sometimes the stories are too far away from us. Li Chonglin,16 NO! I always say no to wuxia novels because they are full of silly fights. What I am interested in are suspense (悬疑) novels, especially the series of the medical examiner (法医), Dr Qin. Since I dream of being a medical examiner in the future, those stories are a good way for me to know something about the amazing job. Every time l read these novels, it’s totally a pleasant time for me. In short, it seems true that wuxia novels will disappear in recent years. For our new generation, many of us will choose other kinds of novels. Wen Zifan,17 Attitudes Students Their Reading 51 Over The Years For Peng Jiqi, 16 ?She started to read them when she was at the 52 school. ?Her parents like 53 wuxia novels so this made her fall in love with them, too. ?She showed a great interest in heroes from the works by Jin Yong because of the colorful plots. Peng Zihao, 15 ?He started reading them last winter vacation and fell in love with them soon. ?He’d imagine himself competing with others at the top of Mount Hua. ?He believes that wuxia novels will always stay 54 . 55 Li Chonglin, 16 ?He likes sci-fi novels instead of wuxia ones. ?He has read many wuxia novels, but he is more interested in sci-fi ones. ?He feels that wuxia novels has nothing to do with the 56 times. ?The stories in sci-fi novels make him feel 57 to the real world than those in wuxia novels. Wen Zifan, 17 ?She dislikes reading wuxia novels because she thinks they are 58 with fights. ?She dreams of being a medical examiner, so suspense novels can provide her with much 59 for this job. ?She thinks that wuxia novels are not 60 among young people in recent years. (22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下面一段短文, 并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词,每个空格只填一个单词。 Space tourism is space travel for fun. What was once only a dream is now becoming a reality. After the first man landed on the moon in 1969, some scientists thought that hotels would be built on the moon in the 21st century. They also considered the possibility that families might go for a holiday on the moon. Neither of these predictions (预测) have come true yet—but the rapid development of technology may make these predictions come true. Some companies tried to send tourists into space successfully, but it was too expensive. In order to make it cheaper, suborbital (亚轨道的) space travel is a choice for many companies. Passengers can go to a height of between 100 and 160 km above earth, experience 3-6 minutes of weightlessness and a view of the stars. and then come back down to earth. This costs about $100, 000 per person. While it could be an amazing experience, there are some problems with space tourism. Many people believe that it could make global warming (全球变暖) worse and it is not good for the ozone layer??(臭氧层). What’s worse, there are still millions of people worldwide who couldn’t pay for it. 61 is space tourism? Introduction The 62 of space travel is becoming a reality. Facts ?In 1969, the first man landed on the moon. ?Some companies 63 to send tourists into space. ?Many companies choose suborbital space travel because of the 64 price. ?Passengers can go 65 above earth and have a weightless experience. Predictions ?People would 66 hotels on the moon in the 21st century. ?Families might go for a holiday on the moon. The rapid development of technology may help 67 these predictions. 68 ?Many people believe it is 69 for the ozone layer. ?Millions of people worldwide couldn’t pay for the 70 . (22-23八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下面的短文,并根据所读内容,在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰的单词。(注意:每个空格只填一个单词) As the saying goes, “a good neighbour is better than a brother far off.” But noisy neighbours are a common problem in a society where many people live closely together. And this can be most important when you share walls or floors with neighbours in a flat. A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life, if noise goes well into night,or happens during early morning hours. This situation needs to be dealt with properly. You should first try to tell your noisy neighbour about the noise. This conversation should be friendly and polite. It can begin with a sentence like “I am not sure if you realize…”. Explain the problem in an honest way, and ask the neighbour to turn down the music, or not to hold parties until 3 am. You can also add that you realize they hear your noise too, and you are certainly willing to try to stop anything in your behaviour that is making noise. You should also know that not all neighbours are going to follow your requirement(要求), and some may act in a bad manner. If the noisy neighbours don’t change their behaviour, the next step should be to write the neighbours a letter. The letter should show your feelings and the dates when the noise was quite terrible. When the noise continues going on, you should report it to the community, or even the police station, when it’s really necessary. Often, however, the problem is solved when the noisy neighbour knows you are going to call the police. But you should know that you cannot always expect noisy neighbours to be quiet. When the noise continues going on, it is not wise to be angry or do something against the law. If you have completed the steps and letter, don’t hit walls or floors around in your home or turn up the music. Just keep in mind not to get angry so easily and don’t stop communicating. 71 to deal with the noise of neighbours Introduction A noisy neighbour can 72 trouble, so we should deal with the problem properly. Useful advice Talking with your neighbor ●Start the conversation in a friendly way and talk with them 73 . ●Explain the problem in a (an) 74 way and ask them to be quieter. ●Make them believe that you will not make too much noise either. Writing 75 to your neighbour ●Take the next step if the neighbours don’t 76 your requirement or change their behaviour. ●Tell them 77 you felt and when the noise was quite terrible. Reporting to the community or police ●Report it to the community when the noise continues going on. ●Call the police if communication doesn’t 78 . Conclusion 79 hitting the walls or floors since it’s not wise to be angry with your neighbours. 80 to be patient and don’t stop communicating. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)请认真阅读下列短文,根据所读内容在文章后表格中第1-10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 Class Afloat is a Canadian school on a tall ship. The ship is 210 feet long and 30 feet wide, and it can take up to sixty students. The classrooms are well-equipped and comfortable. Not all the students are Canadian. There’s usually a mix of nationalities (国籍). This year, there are also students from Mexico, the US, Germany, and Turkey. There’s a mix of ages too. There are high school students sixteen to eighteen years old, and first-year college students. The teachers design special study programs for each student. Because the school is a ship, you can do some exciting classes, for example, Marine Biology (studying the animals and plants in the sea) and History of Geography courses about the places you visit. Students don’t just study. They must also clean, cook and sail the ship. In their free time, students can rest, read, or watch a movie. Every sixteen to twenty days, the ship stops in a port for three to six days. In port there’s lots for the students to do—camping trips, museum tours, cultural events, hiking, etc. Students also take part in two volunteer programs in Senegal and the Dominican Republic. They help local families in different ways. Students learn how, with just a little money and time, they can make changes that improve (改善) other people’s lives. A school on a sailing ship 81 of the ship It’s 210 feet long and 30 feet wide. Classrooms They are well-equipped and 82 . Students They come from 83 countries. They’re from high schools or 84 . Special study programs Marine Biology and History of Geography make students feel?? 85 Work & Play Students must do some jobs like cleaning, 86 and sailing. Students can watch movies or read books when they are 87 . In port The ship stops in a port 88 a long journey. There are lots of activities for students to do. Volunteer programs Students 89 in two volunteer programs. They learn how to 90 a little money and time to improve other people’s lives. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)Travelling is one of the most important activities for people. Modern traffic develops fast, so travelling to different places has become much faster than before. Staying healthy while travelling can make your trip happier. But do you know how to keep healthy during a trip? The following information may be useful to you. Before leaving, you should prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and a pair of sunglasses for yourself. Take some necessary medicine with you. They can be used when you get sick or have other problems. Do some exercise for weeks or months before you leave if you plan to do lots of walking or climbing during your trip. Prepare proper food. Before you prepare the food, the first thing you need to think about is how long you will travel with the food. If you take a long trip, you should bring food such as bread, biscuits and some fruit. They don’t go bad quickly. For shorter trip, people can bring meat, fish, eggs, milk and even salads and vegetables. During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit. Have enough time to take a rest during your trip. Tap water is not safe, so drink bottled water and remember to clean the cover of the bottle. Keep food in good condition. If you take hot food, you should try to keep it hot. For example, you can put it in heavy towels. If you need to keep cold food cold, you can put it in a box with ice. When you arrive, put it in the fridge. How to keep 91 during a trip Before leaving ●Prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and 92 . ●Take some necessary 93 with you. ●Exercise for weeks or months 94 you leave. ●Prepare proper food. Take bread, biscuits and some fruit for a 95 trip or bring meat, fish, eggs, milk and even salads and vegetables for a shorter one. While 96 ● 97 eat dirty food or bad fruit. ● Have enough 98 to take a rest during your trip. ● Drink 99 water and remember to clean the cover. ● Keep food in good condition. Don’t 100 to keep hot food hot and cold food cold. (21-22八年级下·江苏南京·期中)阅读短文,在文章后的表格中第1~10小题的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 注意:每个空格只填1个单词。 ???While dogs are the most popular household pets, cats run a close second. Cats are not often noticed by people choosing a new four-legged friend. An animal expert explains why they make fantastic friends. Cats VS Dogs It seems that many people likes dogs better than cats. Often people who grew up with dogs find it difficult to imagine(想象)owning and loving cats. But they can be surprised to learn how friendly and responsive cats are. Good points of keeping cats Cats are always in small size. They can be a great pet choice for people with limited space and busy lifestyles. They don’t have the exercise requirements(需求)like dogs. Moreover, they are quiet and clean, and they can be happy to be left alone indoors. Cats can be very playful and interactive(互动的)with children and offer them chances(机会)to learn to care for another living being. Keeping dogs and cats together Dogs and cats can become great friends, especially(尤其)if they are raised at the same time. They can become friends with each other. The younger, the better. Help to decide If you never actually own the cat, but are thinking of it, talk to cat owners or offer to help a cat owner. You could go to an animal center and play with cats. It helps decide if you might enjoy their companionship(陪伴). You may be surprised to find how wonderful cats really are. 101 for keeping cats as pets Facts Cats are the second most popular household pets. There are 102 cat lovers than dog lovers. It is 103 for people growing up with dogs to own and love cats. Qualities Like dogs, cats are also 104 and responsive friends. Compared with dogs, cats are quieter and 105 . Advantages Cats are fit for people 106 enough space in their houses. Cats don’t need as much 107 as dogs do, and they like to be at home alone. Children can learn to take 108 of cats by playing with them. The earlier owners raise cats and dogs together, the more 109 they can make friends with each other. Ways to help make a 110 Talk with or help cat owners. Visit an animal centre and spend some time with cats. (21-22八年级下·江苏镇江·期中) One of the most powerful tools is mind map. You can use it to improve your reading skills. You can make a mind map by using a pen and paper easily. The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page. Inside your circle, write down the main idea of your mind map. For example, if you were making a mind map about the geography of the United States, then you would write down “the geography of the United States” inside your circle in the middle of the page. Next you draw branches(分支)from your central idea. Just like a tree grows branches. Draw a line moving away from the central theme. For the geography of the United States, you will draw 50 lines. Each line represents(代表)one of 50 states(州). Each of the lines can have branches off of each. These would represent the main example under each category(分类). For example, under the line with the title(标题)“Texas”, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like “South Dallas” and “Highland Park”. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree. Mind map helps improve your understanding because they make you quickly find the relationships between main ideas, categories, examples, and details. But if you use more traditional note-taking ways, the result is not the same. 阅读以上信息,用恰当的单词完成下面的表格,每空一词。 The Most Powerful Tool of 111 Reading Skills Name of the tool Mind map. It’s 112 to use a pen and paper to make a mind map. 113 of making mind map ? Draw a 114 in the middle of the page. ? Write the theme of your mind map 115 the circle. ? Draw branches from the central idea, for example, if you 116 down “the geography of America” in the central circle, the branches can be 50 lines. They 117 for 50 states of the USA. ? 118 to draw lines from each of the 50 lines 119 the details under each state. Advantages of making mind map Make you find the relationships between main idea and other details more 120 than traditional note-taking ways. (21-22八年级下·江苏泰州·期中)阅读下列短文,根据短文中的信息完成文后的表格。(每空一词) We are all asked to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don't do a very good job. This article gives us some advice on how to give a good speech. So, you have to give a speech and you’re afraid. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest. Later you think, “Thank Goodness! It’s over. I’m just not good at public speaking. I hope I will never have to do that again.” Cheer up! It doesn’t have to be that bad. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the reason for your speech. What is the reason? Why are you speaking? Then collect as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend a lot of time organizing your speech so that it is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts(图表)if they help make your points clearer. Never forget your audience. Treat your audience with respect(尊重). They will like listening to you more. Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience and the reason. Be easy and short. Say what you have to say and then stop. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make persontoperson communication with your audience well. If you follow these simple steps, you will find yourself confident of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You don’t believe that? Give it a try and see what happens. 121 on making a good speech Problems You feel 122 nervous to remember what you want to say. You talk too much, the audience may not be?? 123 in it. Usually, you hope the speech will end as soon as possible. 124 to follow Knowing 125 you have to give the speech. 126 much time organizing your speech. Using examples and choosing the possible pictures, charts that may help you express your points more 127 . Avoiding using too difficult words or looking down on your audience. Summary Be well prepared. Remember to say something 128 . It is your personality that will help you 129 with your audience well. Conclusion If you follow these steps, you will have?? 130 when you make speeches. 参考答案: 1.falls/comes 2.because 3.started/began/appeared 4.with 5.Custom 6.egg 7.prepare 8.wins 9.popular 10.whole 【分析】本文主要介绍了24节气中的立夏,及其习俗。 1.根据“The Start of Summer, one of the 24 solar terms (节气) in China always falls on the 5th or 6th of May each year.”可知,立夏通常在每年的5月5日或6日。falls=comes“到来”,故填falls/comes。 2.根据“It’s the tie for the harvest of wheat and other summer crops. For this reason, the Start of Summer has been labeled with great importance since ancient times in China”可知,因为这是小麦和其他夏季作物收获的季节,所以自古以来,立夏在中国就被赋予了重要的意义,空后表示原因,所以用because引导原因状语从句,故填because。 3.根据“It was set during the end of the Warring States Period.”可知,它始于/出现春秋战国时期,start/begin“开始”;appear“出现”,时态是一般过去时,所以空处用动词的过去式,故填started/began/appeared。 4.根据“In Zhou Dynasty, the emperor himself led his officials and people to welcome the Start of Summer.”可知,在周朝,皇帝和他的官员和人民一起庆祝立夏,with“和”,故填with。 5.根据“There are many customs on this day and the egg competition is one of them.”和右侧“Hanging and eating eggs ...”可知,这里是介绍立夏的其中一个风俗,custom“风俗习惯”,故填Custom。 6.根据“Hanging eggs help children...for summer.”可知,此处介绍的是“鸡蛋”比赛,egg“鸡蛋”,用单数名词作定语,故填egg。 7.根据“In summer, with increasing temperature, it is easy for children to feel weak”和“Hanging an egg on children’s chest can prevent them from getting summer diseases”可知,悬挂鸡蛋是为夏天做准备,prepare for“为……做准备”,help sb do sth“帮助某人做某事”。故填prepare。 8.根据“The person who has the hardest egg is the champion (冠军).”可知,谁的蛋最硬,谁就是冠军,即谁就会赢得比赛,win“赢得”,时态是一般现在时,主语是the person,谓语动词用三单形式,故填wins。 9.根据“Today people of all ages still like weighing themselves.”可知,现在,各个年龄段的人都喜欢称体重,也就是说在这一天称体重在各个年龄段的人们中都很流行,popular“流行的”,形容词作表语,故填popular。 10.根据“ It is believed that one weighs oneself on this day will have a strong body through the summer.”可知,人们相信,在这一天称体重的人整个夏天都会有一个强壮的身体。the whole summer“整个夏天”,故填whole。 11.control 12.suggestions/tips/advice 13.avoiding 14.strangers 15.family 16.spent 17.broken 18.closer 19.impossible 20.less 【分析】本文针对政府是否应该负责限制孩子们花在网上的时间,几个孩子给出了自己的看法。 11.根据第一段可知,现如今越来越多的孩子花很多时间手机在屏幕上。这个问题一直很困扰家长。此处就关于父母如何控制孩子看屏幕的时间给出了几点建议。此处应用control表示“控制”。故填control。 12.根据第一段中“Here are some suggestions on how parents can balance screen time with playtime.”可知,此处就关于父母如何控制孩子看屏幕的时间给出了几点建议。表示“建议”的英文表达为可数名词suggestions、tips或不可数名词advice。故填suggestion/tips/advice。 13.根据“Make rules around screen time early on”建议中的“Before giving your child their first smart phone, make sure that both you and your child learn about online protection, like how to step away from bad apps. ”此处指远离不良应用程序,“step away from远离”的同义表达为“avoid from”。介词like后应用ing形式。故填avoiding。 14.根据“Make rules around screen time early on”建议中的描述“…inform you if they receive any texts from someone they don’t know and not to share their personal information online.”可知,此处“收到网上不认识的人的短信”应指“陌生人”,其英文表达为stranger,此处表泛指,应用其复数形式。故填strangers。 15.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述可知,此处是指制定“家庭”条约。故填family。故填family。 16.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述“how long the child can spend in front of screen”可知,此处指家庭条约中约定用在屏幕前的时间限制。表格中“the time…front of the screen.”,主语“the time”与“spend”之间是被动关系。故填spent。 17.根据“Make a contract for the whole family”建议中的描述“how to be punished if he breaks the family law.”可知,此处是指如果违反了家庭法则将会受到怎样的惩罚。表格中“if the family law is …”,主语“the family law”与“break”之间是被动关系。故填broken。 18.根据“Lead by example”建议中的描述“When stepping away from technology, it offers a chance for you all to spend quality time together, knowing one another better.”可知,远离科技产品,彼此就能增进彼此的了解,彼此的感情就会“更近”。故填closer。 19.根据“Find the value of physical play”建议中的描述“It’s clear that you can’t keep children from enjoying screen time.”可知,你无法阻止孩子们享受屏幕时间,换句话说,你要阻止孩子不看屏幕是不可能的。“impossible不可能的”。故填impossible。 20.根据“Find the value of physical play”建议中的描述“even reward your child with items they enjoy if they reduce the time they spend on screen”可知,此处是指孩子们减少看屏幕的时间,也就是“花更少的时间”在屏幕上。故填less。 21.abilities 22.information 23.bad 24.control 25.Differences 26.interest 27.same 28.easily 29.need 30.pay 【分析】本文针对青少年的游戏素养展开讨论,专家建议家庭、学校和社区需要共同努力,提高游戏素养,帮助学生正确使用互联网。 21.根据“Game literacy on the other hand means people are able to access (接触), understand, critically evaluate (批判性地评价) and even create games.”可知,游戏素养意味着人们能够接触、理解、批判性地评估甚至创造游戏。空处应该填入一个名词,able的名词为ability,此处用其复数表示泛指。故填abilities。 22.根据“more than 60 percent of teenagers can identify (识别) whether the information in games follows historical facts or reality.”可知,超过60%的青少年能分辨出游戏中的信息是历史事实还是现实。故填information。 23.根据“And 55.3 percent can recognize bad information.”可知,55.3%的人能识别出不良信息。故填bad。 24.根据“Over 75 percent of teenage gamers also have a strong awareness (意识) of the negative impact (负面影响) of games, and have a sense of self-control while playing games.”可知,超过75%的青少年玩家也意识到游戏的负面影响,并且在玩游戏时具有自制力,control themselves“控制他们自己”,动词不定式符号to后接动词原形。故填control。 25.根据“Still, there are gender (性别) and regional gaps (地区差异) in game literacy.”可知,在游戏素养方面存在性别和地区差异。空处应该填入一个名词,difference“差异”符合题意,此处用其复数表示泛指,句首单词首字母要大写。故填Differences。 26.根据“Boys, who are usually more interested in games, have better game literacy than girls.”可知,男孩通常对游戏更感兴趣,他们比女孩有更好的游戏素养。空处应该填入一个名词,interest“兴趣”符合题意。故填interest。 27.根据“Teenagers in first-and second-tier cities perform better than the students in rural areas.”可知,一二线城市的青少年比农村地区的学生表现得更好,即他们没有相同的游戏素养。空处应该填入一个形容词,same“相同的”符合题意。故填same。 28.根据“It’s easy for them to share personal information with other gamers.”可知,青少年很容易与其他玩家分享个人信息。空处应该填一个副词修饰动词give,easy的副词easily“容易地”符合题意。故填easily。 29.根据“It’s necessary for family, school and community to work together.”可知,家庭、学校和社区必须共同努力。空处需填入一个动词,need“需要”符合题意。故填need。 30.根据“More attention should be paid to less-developed areas to bridge the game literacy gap as well.”可知,我们应该更多地关注欠发达地区,以弥合游戏素养差距。情态动词should后接动词原形。故填pay。 31.listener 32.communication 33.improving 34.Stay 35.other 36.Nodding 37.Wait 38.express 39.Don’t/Never 40.actively 【分析】本文讲述了努力提高倾听能力可以帮助你更好地沟通。 31.根据“Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds.”可知本文主要讲的是在沟通里倾听的重要性,因此此空是listener“倾听者”,空前有a,用单数,故填listener。 32.根据“Working on your listening skills can help you communicate better and form stronger bonds.”可知,努力提高倾听能力可以帮助你更好地沟通,communication“交流”,不可数名词。故填communication。 33.根据“Stay in the present.”、“Use body language”、“Do not cut in”、“Ask questions”可知,都是提高倾听能力的建议,介词for后接improve“提高”的动名词形式。故填improving。 34.根据“Stay in the present.”可知,需要专注当下,此空用动词stay原形。故填Stay。 35.根据“When listening to a family member, do not think about anything else.”可知,当听家人说话的时候,不要想其他的事情。other“其它的”后接名词复数things。故填other。 36.根据“Nod as the speaker talks. Smile when it is suitable. Keep eye contact.”可知,说话者说话时要点头。此处是nod“点头”动名词形式做“can show”的主语。故填Nodding。 37.根据“do not start talking until the family member has finished.”可知,在家人说完之前,不要开始说话。祈使句,用wait“等待”的原形。故填Wait。 38.根据“This allows you to make sure the speaker has finished, and gives the speaker a chance to fully express himself.”可知,这使您可以确保说话者说完了,并给了说话者充分表达自己的机会。express“表达”,allow sb to do“允许某人做”,故填express。 39.根据“Don’t ask ‘why’ questions, which might make the speaker feel uncomfortable.”可知,不要问“为什么”的问题,这可能会让说话者感到不舒服。Don’t/Never“不”,故填Don’t/Never。 40.根据“Follow these tips, listen actively to your family to help communication run smoothly and build strong family relationships.”可知,遵循这些建议,积极倾听家人的意见能帮助沟通顺利进行,并建立牢固的家庭关系。副词actively“积极地”作状语,故填actively。 41.China 42.popular 43.fun 44.continue 45.using/watching 46.less 47.against 48.because 49.without 50.provide 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了当前最流行的短视频apps,以及人们对此的一些看法。 41.根据第一段“If you want to know which social app Chinese young people use a lot now, you had better not miss “smart videos”.”可知,本文介绍了中国的短视频。故填China。 42.根据第一段内容可知,包括抖音和快手在内的短视频apps非常受欢迎。故填popular。 43.根据第一段“Some users use apps like TikTok and Kuaishou because they think it is fun to share short videos about their lives, while others have different purposes as well.”可知,一些使用者分享短视频是为了乐趣。故填fun。 44.根据第二段“I feel really happy to go on sharing happiness with other people by short videos”可知,Elsa认为继续与别人分享视频很快乐,continue“继续”,不定式符号to后跟动词原形。故填continue。 45.根据第三段“As some videos are about the latest news, a group of users depend on them to get information”可知,一些用户喜欢使用/观看短视频来获取信息,use“使用”/watch“看”,like doing sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填using/watching。 46.根据第三段“Because I can’t spend many hours watching a complete video and I am a very impatient person”可知,对于没有足够耐心的用户来说,观看短视频花费的时间更少,应用less“更少的”修饰不可数名词time。故填less。 47.此栏对应的内容都是反对短视频的理由,against“反对”符合语境。故填against。 48.根据第四段“many are almost the same, so I think it is a waste of time”可知,文南认为他们不应该在短视频上花太多时间,因为很多短视频几乎是一样的,应用because“因为”引导原因状语从句。故填because。 49.根据第五段“Some users buy the products after watching, but they should think carefully”可知,有些用户不经过仔细思考就轻易购买了视频中介绍的产品,介词without“没有”符合语境。故填without。 50.根据最后一句“Some short videos even sell fake products, but these sellers won’t offer any service like letting you get your money back, or dealing with your trouble.”可知,一些短视频销售假冒产品,但他们不为买家提供任何售后服务,provide sb. with sth.“为某人提供某物”,助动词don’t后跟动词原形。故填provide。 51.Habits 52.primary 53.reading 54.alive 55.Against 56.new 57.closer 58.filled 59.knowledge 60.popular 【分析】本文主要介绍了四位同学对“武侠小说是否还受欢迎”的看法及平时的阅读习惯。 51.根据整篇文章可知,文中介绍了四位同学对“武侠小说是否还受欢迎”的看法及平时的阅读“习惯”。故填Habits。 52.根据文中“I started to read wuxia novels when I was in Grade 3 …”可知,她“小学”就开始读武侠小说。故填primary。 53.根据文中“… my parents spent a lot of time on them and tried to get these books in different ways, which they considered as treasure of them.”可知,她的父母很喜欢“读”武侠小说。故填reading。 54.根据文中“Wuxia novels, showing the kindness and courage of humans, will never die.”可知,他认为武侠小说将会一直保持“活跃”。故填alive。 55.根据表格中空格上方对应的“For”可知,此空格是持相反意见的。故填Against。 56.根据文中“Wuxia novels have interesting plots and vivid characters, but they give me a feeling that they belong to an old time.”可知,武侠小说让他感觉属于过去,与“新”的时代无关。故填new。 57.根据文中“In wuxia novels, the main characters are always the strongest and sometimes the stories are too far away from us.”可知,他认为武侠小说中的故事离我们太远,科幻小说“更接近”真实的生活。故填closer。 58.根据文中“I always say no to wuxia novels because they are full of silly fights.”可知,她认为武侠小说“充满”打斗。故填filled。 59.根据文中“Since I dream of being a medical examiner in the future, those stories are a good way for me to know something about the amazing job.”可知,她认为悬疑小说能为法医这个职业提供很多的“知识”。故填knowledge。 60.根据文中“In short, it seems true that wuxia novels will disappear in recent years. For our new generation, many of us will choose other kinds of novels.”可知,她认为最近几年武侠小说在年轻人中不再“流行”。故填popular。 61.What 62.dream 63.tired 64.high 65.high 66.build 67.realize 68.Problems 69.bad 70.travel 【分析】本文介绍了太空旅行的发展及带来的问题。 61.通读全文,可知本文主要介绍了什么是太空旅行。需填特殊疑问词what“什么”,句首首字母大写。故填What。 62.根据第一段“What was once only a dream is now becoming a reality.” 可知,过去这只是一个梦想,现在变成了现实。可知此处缺少“梦想dream”。故填dream。 63.根据第三段“Some companies tried to send tourists into space successfully” 可知,一些公司试图把旅客成功送入太空,此处缺少“尝试”,根据时态一致原则可知,此处用一般过去时。故填tried。 64.根据第三段“In order to make it cheaper, suborbital (亚轨道的) space travel is a choice for many companies.” 可知为了使它更便宜,许多公司选择亚轨道的太空旅行。说明许多公司选择亚轨道是因为太空旅行价格太高。high表示“高的”, 形容词修饰名词price。故填high。 65.根据第三段“Passengers can go to a height of between 100 and 160 km above earth” 可知乘客可以去到离地球高的地方。high表示“高地”,为副词。故填high。 66.根据第二段“some scientists thought that hotels would be built on the moon in the 21st century”可知在21世纪人们可以在月球建酒店。would后面用动词原形, build表示“建立”。故填build。 67.根据第二段“but the rapid development of technology may make these predictions come true”可知科技的高速发展可以帮助实现这些预测。realize表示“实现”,help do表示“帮助做”。故填realize。 68.根据最后一段“While it could be an amazing experience, there are some problems with space tourism. 可知本段主要介绍太空旅行的问题的。标题首字母需大写。故填Problems。 69.根据最后一段“Many people believe that it could make global warming (全球变暖) worse and it is not good for the ozone layer (臭氧层).”可知,许多人相信这会使全球变暖的问题更严重,而且对臭氧层不好。be bad for表示“对……不好”。故填bad。 70.根据最后一段“What’s worse, there are still millions of people worldwide who couldn’t pay for it.” 可知,此外世界上仍然有很多人支付不起太空旅行。故此处需用it指代太空旅行。故填travel。 71.How/Ways/Steps 72.cause 73.politely 74.honest 75.letters 76.follow 77.how 78.work/help 79.Avoid 80.Remember 【分析】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了如果遇到吵闹的邻居,应该如何制止邻居扰民的行为。 71.根据“A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life, if noise goes well into night,or happens during early morning hours. This situation needs to be dealt with properly.”可知,文章主要讲如何应对吵闹的邻居或者应对吵闹邻居的方法或步骤,how to do sth“如何做某事”,way“方法”,step“步骤”,二者均为名词,文中给出了多个方法或步骤,所以名词使用复数形式。故填How/Ways/Steps。 72.根据“A noisy neighbour can lead to trouble in life”可知,邻居可以导致生活中的麻烦,这里放在can情态动词后,用动词原形。故填cause。 73.根据“This conversation should be friendly and polite. ”可知,应该友好且礼貌地展开谈话。这里修饰动词“talk”,应用副词。故填politely。 74.根据“Explain the problem in an honest way”可知,要诚实地去解释问题。这里修饰名词“way”,应用形容词。故填honest。 75.根据“ the next step should be to write the neighbours a letter.”可知,下一步是给邻居写信。“写信”地英文是“write letters”。故填letters。 76.根据“You should also know that not all neighbours are going to follow your requirement (要求), and some may act in a bad manner. ”可知,如果邻居前面没按要求来,就写信。此处放在助动词“don’t”后面,用动词原形。故填follow。 77.根据“The letter should show your feelings and the dates when the noise was quite terrible.”可知,在信中应告知邻居自己的感受。这里是宾语从句,表达“感受怎么样”用“how”引导。故填how。 78.根据“When the noise continues going on, you should report it to the community, or even the police station”可知,当前面的方法都不起作用或没有帮助,邻居依旧很吵闹,那么就可以找警察。work“起作用”,help“帮助”,二者均为动词,放在助动词后,用动词原形。故填work/help。 79.根据“don’t hit walls or floors around in your home or turn up the music.”可知,作者建议避免用砸墙等方式表示抗议,avoid doing sth“避免做某事”,此处是祈使句,动词用原形。故填Avoid。 80.根据“Just keep in mind not to get angry so easily and don’t stop communicating.”表示要牢记不要轻易生气,不要停止沟通,即:记得要耐心些,remember“记得”,此处是祈使句,动词用原形。故填Remember。 81.Size 82.comfortable 83.different 84.colleges 85.excited 86.cooking 87.free 88.for 89.join 90.spare/use 【分析】本文主要介绍了一所在轮船上开设的学校及学生们的学习和生活情况。 81.根据第一段“It’s 210 feet long and 30 feet wide.”可知说得是船的型号,根据表格第一列单词首字母都大写。故填Size。 82.根据第一段最后一句“The classrooms are well-equipped and comfortable.”可知,教室是设备精良并且舒服的。故填comfortable。 83.根据第二段头两句“Not all the students are Canadian. There’s usually a mix of nationalities.”可知,学生们来自不同的国家。故填different。 84.根据第二段最后一句“There are high school students sixteen to eighteen years old, and first-year college students.”可知,他们来自高中和大学,or是并列连词,前面是high schools,所以后面要填colleges。故填colleges。 85.根据第三段“Because the school is a ship, you can do some exciting classes, for example, Marine Biology (studying the animals and plants in the sea) and History of Geography courses about the places you visit.”可知,海洋生物学和地理史使学生们感到激动。故填excited。 86.根据第四段第一句“Students don’t just study. They must also clean, cook and sail the ship.”可知,学生们必须做一些像打扫、做饭、航行的工作,like是介词后加doing。故填cooking。 87.根据第四段第二句“In their free time, students can rest, read, or watch a movie.”可知,当他们有空时,学生们能够看电视或读书。故填free。 88.根据第五段第一句“Every sixteen to twenty days, the ship stops in a port for three to six days.”可知,每十六到二天,船会在一个港口停三天到六天,所以船需要长途旅行后才停在港口。for+一段时间,for a long journey“长途旅行”。故填for。 89.根据最后一段“Students also take part in two volunteer programs in Senegal and the Dominican Republic.”可知,学生们参加两个志愿者项目,take part in“参加”相当于“join in”。故填join。 90.根据最后一段“Students learn how, with just a little money and time, they can make changes that improve other people’s lives.”可知,学生们学习怎么用一些钱和时间来提高其他人的生活水平,此空缺一个动词,“use”使用;“spare”拿出(时间或金钱)。故填spare/use。 91.healthy 92.sunglasses 93.medicine 94.before 95.long 96.travelling/traveling 97.Don’t 98.time 99.bottled 100.forget 【分析】本文主要介绍了旅行前的准备工作和旅行中应该的一些事项。 91.根据“But do you know how to keep healthy during a trip?”及全文内容可知,本文是就如何在旅行中保持健康给出建议,keep healthy“保持健康”。故填healthy。 92.根据“Before leaving, you should prepare comfortable shoes, a hat and a pair of sunglasses for yourself.”可知,出发前,要准备舒适的鞋子、一顶帽子和一副太阳镜。故填sunglasses。 93.根据“Take some necessary medicine with you.”可知要带上必要的药。故填medicine。 94.根据“Do some exercise for weeks or months before you leave if you plan to do lots of walking or climbing during your trip.”可知在离开前要做几周或几个月锻炼。故填before。 95.根据“If you take a long trip, you should bring food such as bread, biscuits and some fruit. They don’t go bad quickly.”可知长途旅行要带上面包、饼干和水果。故填long。 96.根据“During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit.”结合右栏内容可知此处指旅途中的事情,用travel的现在分词形式travel(l)ing。故填travelling/traveling。 97.根据“During your trip, be sure not to eat dirty food or bad fruit.”可知此处指不要吃脏东西或变质的水果,用祈使句的否定形式“Don’t+动词原形”。故填Don’t。 98.根据“Have enough time to take a rest during your trip.”可知要有足够时间休息。故填time。 99.根据“Tap water is not safe, so drink bottled water and remember to clean the cover of the bottle. ”可知要喝瓶装水。故填bottled。 100.根据“Keep food in good condition. If you take hot food, you should try to keep it hot. ... If you need to keep cold food cold, you can put it in a box with ice.”可知此处是讲不要忘了让热的食物保持热,让冷的食物保持冷,forget“忘记”,“Don’t”后接动词原形。故填forget。 101.Reasons 102.fewer 103.difficult/hard 104.friendly 105.cleaner 106.without 107.exercise 108.care 109.likely 110.decision 【分析】本文主要讲述了养猫的4条理由。 101.根据“An animal expert explains why they make fantastic friends.”和全文内容可知,主要讲述了养猫的4条理由,reasons“理由”,作标题,首字母大写,故填Reasons。 102.根据“It seems that many people likes dogs better than cats.”可知,很多人喜欢狗胜过猫,也就是说猫的爱好者比狗的爱好者少,fewer...than...“比……少”,故填fewer。 103.根据“Often people who grew up with dogs find it difficult to imagine(想象)owning and loving cats.”可知,养狗长大的人很难拥有并喜欢猫,结合it is,需要形容词,difficult/hard符合句意,故填difficult/hard。 104.根据“But they can be surprised to learn how friendly and responsive cats are.”可知,猫很友好,也能积极响应,故填friendly。 105.根据“Moreover, they are quiet and clean, and they can be happy to be left alone indoors.”可知,猫很安静,也爱干净,结合“quieter”,需要比较级,因此cleaner符合句意,故填cleaner。 106.根据“Cats are always in small size. They can be a great pet choice for people with limited space and busy lifestyles.”可知,猫的体型总是很小。对于空间有限、生活繁忙的人来说,它们是一个很好的宠物选择,也就是说猫适合那些没有足够空间的人,without“没有”符合句意,故填without。 107.根据“They don’t have the exercise requirements(需求)like dogs.”可知,猫不像狗那样有运动要求,因此exercise符合句意,故填exercise。 108.根据“Cats can be very playful and interactive(互动的)with children and offer them chances(机会)to learn to care for another living being.”可知,猫给孩子们机会学习照顾另一个生物,take care of“照顾”,故填care。 109.根据“They can become friends with each other. The younger, the better.”可知,主人越早把猫和狗养在一起,它们就越有可能成为朋友,be likely to do“有可能”,故填likely。 110.根据“Help to decide”可知,decide与make a decision同义,故填decision。 111.improving 112.easy 113.Steps/Tips 114.circle 115.in/inside 116.write 117.stand 118.Continue 119.with 120.quickly 【分析】本文介绍了提高你的阅读能力的最强大的工具之一——思维导图,包括其绘制步骤和优点。 111.根据“One of the most powerful tools is mind map. You can use it to improve your reading skills.”可知,思维导图是用来提高你的阅读能力的最强大的工具之一。介词of后接动词improve的动名词improving。故填improving。 112.根据“You can make a mind map by using a pen and paper easily.”可知,用笔和纸制作思维导图是很容易的。It’s后接形容词作表语。easily的形容词为easy。故填easy。 113.根据“The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page.”可知,这篇文章主要介绍了画思维导图的步骤或提示。应用名词step的复数形式steps或名词tip的复数形式tips,位于句首,首字母要大写。故填Steps/Tips。 114.根据“The first step is to draw a circle(圆圈)at the center of the page.”可知,第一步是要在纸张的中央画一个圆圈。故填circle。 115.根据“Inside your circle, write down the main idea of your mind map.”可知,在圆圆的里面,写下思维导图的主题。“在……里面”可用介词in或inside。故填in/inside。 116.根据“For example, if you were making a mind map about the geography of the United States, then you would write down ‘the geography of the United States’ inside your circle in the middle of the page.”和“For the geography of the United States, you will draw 50 lines.”可知,例如,如果你正在制作一张关于美国地理的思维导图,那么你会在页面中间的圆圈内写下“美国地理”。关于美国的地理,你将画50条线。换句话说,从中心思想中画出分支,例如,如果你在中心圆圈中写下“美国地理”,分支可以是50条线。故填write。 117.根据“Each line represents(代表)one of 50 states(州).”可知,每一条线代表50个州之一。represent可用动词短语stand for表示,句子用一般现在时,主语They表示复数意义,谓语应用动词原形。故填stand。 118.根据“For example, under the line with the title(标题)‘Texas’, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like ‘South Dallas’ and ‘Highland Park’. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree.”可知,例如,在标题为“德克萨斯州”的下面,你会发现奥斯汀、休斯敦和达拉斯,你可能会画一系列的线来代表它的一些主要部分,比如“南达拉斯”和“高地公园”。你继续绘制思维导图,就像树上树枝的结构一样。由此说明,从50条线条中的每一条出发继续画出一些线条,在每一个州下面注上一些细节内容。go on doing sth与用动词短语continue to do sth来表示,位于句首,首字母要大写。故填Continue。 119.根据“For example, under the line with the title(标题)‘Texas’, you would find lines called Austin, Houston, and Dallas, you might draw a series of lines to represent some of its main parts like ‘South Dallas’ and ‘Highland Park’. You go on drawing your mind map just like the structure of branches on a tree.”可知,例如,在标题为“德克萨斯州”的下面,你会发现奥斯汀、休斯敦和达拉斯,你可能会画一系列的线来代表它的一些主要部分,比如“南达拉斯”和“高地公园”。你继续绘制思维导图,就像树上树枝的结构一样。由此说明,从50条线条中的每一条出发继续画出一些线条,在每一个州下面注上一些细节内容。空格后为名词the details,此处可用介词with表示“带有”。故填with。 120.根据“Mind map helps improve your understanding because they make you quickly find the relationships between main ideas, categories, examples, and details. But if you use more traditional note-taking ways, the result is not the same.”可知,思维导图有助于提高你的理解力,因为它能让你快速找到主要想法、类别、示例和细节之间的关系。但如果你使用更传统的笔记方式,结果就不一样了。说明与传统的笔记方式相比,思维导图能让你更快地找到主题和其他细节之间的关系。故填quickly。 121.Advice 122.too 123.interested 124.Steps 125.why 126.Spending 127.clearly 128.necessary 129.communicate 130.confidence 【分析】本文介绍了如何做一个好的演讲的建议和方法。 121.根据“This article gives us some advice on how to give a good speech.”可知本文主要讲了如何做好演讲。故填Advice。 122.根据“You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest.”可知太紧张想不起来说什么,too…to“太……以至于……”。故填too。 123.根据“You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, and you talk too long, and your audience(听众)show little interest”可知如果你说太多,听众可能会不感兴趣,be后跟形容词,be interested in“对……感兴趣”。故填interested。 124.根据“Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. ”可知本段主要讲了遵循的步骤,用可数名词复数表示。故填Steps。 125.根据“Ask yourself the reason for your speech. ”可知要知道你为什么要演讲。故填why。 126.根据“Spend a lot of time organizing your speech so that it is clear and easy to follow”可知要花很多时间组织演讲,用动名词开头。故填Spending。 127.根据“Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts(图表)if they help make your points clearer”可知使用更多的例子和图片可以帮你更清楚地表达观点。express为实义动词,用副词修饰。故填clearly。 128.根据“Be easy and short. Say what you have to say and then stop.”可知要让讲必要的东西,用形容词修饰不定代词。故填necessary。 129.根据“Let your personality come through so that you make persontoperson communication with your audience well”可知让你的个性表现出来,这样你就能很好地与观众进行面对面的交流,help sb do为固定搭配。故填communicate。 130.根据“If you follow these simple steps, you will find yourself confident of public speaking”可知遵循这些步骤做演讲时你会有自信心,用名词作宾语。故填confidence。